Maidens of the Kaleidoscope
~Beyond the Border~ => Rumia's Party Games => Mystia's Stored Games => Topic started by: Dormio Ergo Sum on August 23, 2011, 02:53:31 AM
-
>You are Yukari Yakumo.
>_
-
>Inspect self.
-
>Molest Masha.
-
>Inspect self.
>You are currently drifting within the Hakurei Border.
>You are wearing a purple dress.
>Molest Masha.
>You have no idea who or what Masha is.
>_
-
> Retrieve arms from Ran.
-
> Retrieve arms from Ran.
>You have not had any contact with Ran for the past two years, nor do you have any means to contact her from within the border.
>_
-
>LICK THE BLOOD
>Immediately begin looking for nearby loli's
-
>Inventory
>Relationships
>Examine hitlist
>What happened to Ran?
-
> Well shit, if Ran isn't here, then how the heck are we going to get our arms back?
-
>LICK THE BLOOD
>Immediately begin looking for nearby loli's
>There is no blood to lick.
>You are completely alone.
>Inventory
>Relationships
>Examine hitlist
>What happened to Ran?
>You have your dress and a paper fan.
>You have not communicated with anyone for the past two years.
>You do not have a hitlist.
>You cut the bonds between yourself and your shikigami when you entered the border, as you required your full strength.
> Well shit, if Ran isn't here, then how the heck are we going to get our arms back?
>You arms appear to be attached to your main body.
>_
-
> Examine Mental Status
> Why did we spend the last two years here, anyways?
-
>... what?!
>Check self... again. Are we really missing arms and if so, what happened to them?
>In fact, why are we here?
>How did we get here?
>Do we know what is going on, right now, outside of this space?
-
>Verbose
>How versed are we in the fine art of decapitating strangers with a fan?
>Look. Where are we? What can we see?
-
>Wake up.
And by popular and appropriate request:
>Go drinking with Nyamo.
-
> Examine Mental Status
> Why did we spend the last two years here, anyways?
>You are quite sane, even if some may disagree.
>Though you are terribly bored, seeing as you've been unable to do anything or talk to anyone for the past two years.
>You have been unable to leave the border since you entered it.
>... what?!
>Check self... again. Are we really missing arms and if so, what happened to them?
>In fact, why are we here?
>How did we get here?
>Do we know what is going on, right now, outside of this space?
>You do not appear to be missing any part of your body.
>You entered the border almost immediately after it broke, in an attempt to fix it. You have been stuck in here since.
>Something is preventing your exit, though you don't know the exact cause.
>You have no idea about what has happened in Gensokyo since your disappearance.
>Verbose
>How versed are we in the fine art of decapitating strangers with a fan?
>Look. Where are we? What can we see?
>You curse your situation. Again.
>You imagine that your fan isn't sharp enough decapitate someone.
>You observe your surroundings. Again. Not like there's much else to do in here.
>You're drifting within a purple space, surrounded by a multitude of eyes.
>In this space, there are several areas of absolute nothing that appeared after the border broke.
>You've tried going towards these areas, but find that you can never reach them.
>Normally, you would simply open up a gap within this space and re-enter Gensokyo, but something prevents you from using your abilities.
>Wake up.
>You are already awake.
>But... something is strange.
>For the first time, you think that you can feel some of your powers returning.
>Go drinking with Nyamo.
>You imagine that you're teaching at a wacky high school.
>You've invited your close friend Nyamo out for a few drinks.
>Unfortunately, you took on the foolish attempt of trying to drink more than Nyamo.
>Perhaps this was how you ended up here.
>_
-
>Hopefully this is Ran's fault...
>What have we done to try and investigate the cause of our powers' sealing before now?
-
^Oh you have NO idea... :getdown: Or do you?
Well, this was unexpected.
>...Wait, IN the border? As in, part of it?
>What is Gensyoko's political climate like at the moment?
>How is the outside world faring, from what we can see?
>Do we suspect that leaving the barrier would cause it to break again?
>Inventory
>What happens when we try to open a border?
-
>Hopefully this is Ran's fault...
>What have we done to try and investigate the cause of our powers' sealing before now?
>You've made up plenty of theories on how this could be blamed on anyone in Gensokyo.
>Still, the fact of the matter is that you don't know why this has happened.
>You've attempted to use any and all powers that you have, you've found that most of your basic abilities are actually intact. However, you are unable to perform anything that involves boundaries, including opening your trademark gaps.
>As for the actual cause, you assume that its related to the Great Hakurei Border's destruction, but aren't sure on how it is.
>...Wait, IN the border? As in, part of it?
>What is Gensyoko's political climate like at the moment?
>How is the outside world faring, from what we can see?
>Do we suspect that leaving the barrier would cause it to break again?
>Inventory
>What happens when we try to open a border?
>The politicians appear to be debating on whether the liberal application of nukes is appropriate in every situation.
>Your daily life at the high school is fine. That 10 year old kid may piss you off, but you still love all of your students.
>Entering or leaving the border has never caused any ill effects to it, you have no reason to believe that leaving the border would cause it to break further.
>You have your clothes and a small paper fan.
>Before, you simply couldn't. No matter what you tried, it was impossible for you open a gap. It was a rather disconcerting experience, as if your ability to walk or fly had been taken away from you.
>You feel great right now though.
>_
-
>Dance-we might as well.
>'before' we couldn't... can we open one now, if only for viewing purposes?
>How is our physique?
-
>Dance-we might as well.
>'before' we couldn't... can we open one now, if only for viewing purposes?
>How is our physique?
>You get down (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rsHi5Lypb2Q), not like you have much else to do.
>You try opening up another gap and find, much to your surprise, that you can feel something.
>You act on this feeling and keep trying, directing all of your efforts into forcing open a gap.
>You keep pouring your energies into this feeling until eventually a small tear appears in the space.
>Through it, you can see grass.
>It's much smaller than usual, and it took a lot out of you to open, but you've managed to open up a gap.
>You could probably fit through the gap, if you don't mind the tight squeeze.
>After having spent the past two years being rather inactive, you are in poor shape.
>_
-
>Go through. Brace for impact. Prepare for a fight. Examine your surroundings if there isn't a fight after you go through. But there's probably going to be a fight.
>Your tits are still fine, right?
-
> Reconfirm our age
-
>Is grass all we can see?
>We spend the better half of most of our days for the last 500 years sleeping, and yet two years in the barrier makes us unshapely. Huh. Must be the barrier's properties.
Any objections to going through the gap?
-
> Reconfirm our age
>Yukarin is 17 years old~♥
>You have been around for over a millennium, long enough to have witnessed the creation of Gensokyo itself.
>Is grass all we can see?
>We spend the better half of most of our days for the last 500 years sleeping, and yet two years in the barrier makes us unshapely. Huh. Must be the barrier's properties.
>It is. It's a rather small gap, and it appears to be close to the ground.
>Lack of gravity can mess with a body, you know.
>Go through. Brace for impact. Prepare for a fight. Examine your surroundings if there isn't a fight after you go through. But there's probably going to be a fight.
>Your tits are still fine, right?
>You force yourself through the gap. It's a rather uncomfortable process, and on several occasions you feel as though you're going to get stuck.
>Eventually, you get your entire body through the gap and fall to the ground.
>You land flat on your face, but you don't care and you roll over to look at the sky.
>The gap you entered through is gone. You appear to be in the forest of magic.
>More importantly, you're back in Gensokyo.
>_
-
>Now we're back in Gensokyo, find Ran.
-
>Examine the Sky
>Consider paying Reimu a visit
>Immediately begin searching for nearby loli's
-
>Now we're back in Gensokyo, find Ran.
>Where do you wish to search for Ran?
>Examine the Sky
>Consider paying Reimu a visit
>Immediately begin searching for nearby loli's
>There is a clear, blue sky. At least, most of it is, anyway. There are several cracks running across the sky.
>You consider visiting Reimu, she usually doesn't take that long to fix an incident, does she?
>Why bother, when you're a loli yourself?
>_
-
> Test capabilities
-
>Cracks? Wow, Gensokyo must have REALLY hit an incident then...
>It probably would be best to see Reimu asap if that's the case; she HAS to be doing something about it.
>How much did summoning that one gap take out of us?
>Is it advised to try summoning another one so soon?
-
>Cracks? Wow, Gensokyo must have REALLY hit an incident then...
>It probably would be best to see Reimu asap if that's the case; she HAS to be doing something about it.
>Indeed. You wonder what could have caused the destruction of the border.
>Reimu has to have some reason on why it's taken her this long to solve this incident, right? After all, it's been two years.
>How much did summoning that one gap take out of us?
>Is it advised to try summoning another one so soon?
> Test capabilities
>It took out a fair amount of your energy. You feel somewhat exhausted from the effort.
>Trying to open another one right now may be a bit to taxing on you.
>Regardless, you give it a shot to see the extent of the degradation of your powers.
>You try to focus your energies to open up a gap to the border, you manage to create a slight tear, but that's all that you can do before your strength gives out.
>_
-
>Yeah... let's not do that for a while then.
>Get to walking... We do still know how to get to the shrine from here?
>If so, head that way. Relish that fresh air.
-
>Can we still be lethal with our umbrella?
>Take a slightly long route and jog it-the sooner we get back into our 17-year old shape <3 good form, the better.
-
> Look around to see if we can spot any other oddities.
-
>Yeah... let's not do that for a while then.
>Get to walking... We do still know how to get to the shrine from here?
>If so, head that way. Relish that fresh air.
>You decide to put off trying to open another gap for a while.
>Instead, you pick yourself up and start walking towards the Hakurei Shrine.
>It feels so good to be back on your feet. The prospect of talking to other people is another one that you're looking forward to.
>Can we still be lethal with our umbrella?
>Take a slightly long route and jog it-the sooner we get back into our 17-year old shape <3 good form, the better.
>You've retained most of your abilities, only those related to boundaries appear to have been sealed.
>You pick up the pace and start jogging. You might as well try to get back in shape.
> Look around to see if we can spot any other oddities.
>As you jog through the forest, you notice that you haven't seen a single fairy.
>As you exit the forest, you note that you could probably make a quick detour to the human village or Kourindou.
>_
-
I'd propose the human village-they may not be as knowledgeable as Rinnosuke, but if he's out it'd be a waste of time. Thoughts?
-
I'd propose the human village-they may not be as knowledgeable as Rinnosuke, but if he's out it'd be a waste of time. Thoughts?
We could always do both. :3
But I propose we head to the village first anyway.
-
Well, since the two are close to each other, there's nothing stopping us from going to either first then wandering to the other. Either way, we'll find something out regardless; or, we should do at least.
>Which is closest, the Village or Kourindou?
-
>Which is closest, the Village or Kourindou?
>From your current position, Kourindou should be closer.
>_
-
Well, since the two are close to each other, there's nothing stopping us from going to either first then wandering to the other. Either way, we'll find something out regardless; or, we should do at least.
>Which is closest, the Village or Kourindou?
Don't jinx it dude.
Kourindou seems like a good choice
-
In which case...
>Let's head to Kourindou; we can wander into the village afterwards since it's not that far from it.
-
>Let's head to Kourindou; we can wander into the village afterwards since it's not that far from it.
>You decide to take a detour from the Hakurei Shrine and head towards Kourindou.
>After a few minutes, you reach a large building with a sign reading 'Kourindou' above its door.
>This building is much larger than the Kourindou you remember.
>_
-
>This can't possibly be related to the incident... surely...
>Approach the entrance; let's see if the doors will open.
-
>This can't possibly be related to the incident... surely...
>Approach the entrance; let's see if the doors will open.
>Rinnosuke wouldn't have done anything to the border, would he?
>You approach the entrance to Kourindou and push open the doors.
>You look inside to see various objects lined up on his shelves.
>His collection seems to have expanded significantly since the last time you were here.
>Behind the counter, you see Rinnosuke sitting there, book in hand, as well as Alice, who has an annoyed expression on her face.
>"Well, well. It's been a while."
>Rinnosuke closes his book as he greets you.
>_
-
> "That it has. The place seems... larger than I remember."
-
>"Did you suddenly get enough customers to warrant such a feat?"
-
> "That it has. The place seems... larger than I remember."
>"Isn't it great?"
>"Did you suddenly get enough customers to warrant such a feat?"
>"It seems that nothing is a problem as long as you have enough of this stuff."
>Rinnosuke takes out a few notes of cash.
>"I don't really get what value people see in it, but they're willing to do all sorts of things to get some of this, aren't they Alice?"
>Alice bites her lip and looks away.
>"Don't mind her, she's just shy."
>_
-
>Give Alice a quick glance-does it really just look like shyness, or does it look like she's under something more sinister?
-
>Give Alice a quick glance-does it really just look like shyness, or does it look like she's under something more sinister?
>You take a quick look at Alice.
>The Alice you know is not a very shy person, and it's hard to believe that shyness is the cause of her unhappy expression.
>_
-
>"Hmm... Guess this isn't such a normal affair after all..."
>Sigh a little.
>"Perhaps you should tell me everything that has happened since I've been gone; I'm sure you can spare some of your time for that."
-
I thought something was up.
>"If you don't mind me asking, who have your best customers been while I was away?"
-
>"Hmm... Guess this isn't such a normal affair after all..."
>Sigh a little.
>"Perhaps you should tell me everything that has happened since I've been gone; I'm sure you can spare some of your time for that."
>"It isn't, but it's become normal."
>You let out a small sigh. Just what happened to your Gensokyo while you were gone?
>"Oh? You don't know? That's rather interesting."
>"Information tends to have a rather high value to those that want it. Do you have anything you could trade for it?"
>"If you don't mind me asking, who have your best customers been while I was away?"
>"For the sake of the customers, I can't really answer that."
>_
-
Well.
This is not good for our darling protagonist.
May I suggest trading his info for our info on the inside of the Hakurei Barrier?
It may not be much info in and of itself, but it's a mystery that Rinnosuke may be interested in.
Also, I am not liking the conclusions I am drawing from this.
-
That sounds good, though I doubt he'll go for it.
And yeah, something is definitely going on.
-
I suggest throwing Rinnosuke into a wall! ^_^
Seriously though I would not trust him with anything.
> How well did we know Rinnosuke before we left?
-
> How well did we know Rinnosuke before we left?
>You knew him fairly well as the supplier of many of his strange items.
>_
-
Hmm, let me try something here...
>"After all the times I used to help you out, why can you not help me out just this once? Surely a brief summary of what has happened can't hurt you that much; with a place like this and all."
-
I'll start preparing something.
>How long until we can make gaps again?
>What can or cannot we make gaps on/inbetween?
-
>Have we tried manipulating any of the more abstract stuff yet? If not, poke around at something innocent. (inb4 border of innocent and guilty)
-
>"After all the times I used to help you out, why can you not help me out just this once? Surely a brief summary of what has happened can't hurt you that much; with a place like this and all."
>"And miss a chance to get something from the great gap youkai? Isn't she silly, Alice?"
>Alice mumbles "Yeah, whatever."
>How long until we can make gaps again?
>What can or cannot we make gaps on/inbetween?
>You should probably leave at least an hour or two between gaps.
>You can create a gap between any boundary.
>Have we tried manipulating any of the more abstract stuff yet? If not, poke around at something innocent. (inb4 border of innocent and guilty)
>You have, in the past. What do you wish to try to manipulate?
>_
-
Have we any idea how much danmaku hell we can raise? We're being awfully nice to Rinnosuke for a suspicious Yukari. Especially if he doesn't know how depowered we are.
-
Hmm... I don't think we've even thought about that. Then again...
>Do we feel capable enough to throw around danmaku?
>If so, spell cards!
>If not, how much energy would it take us to summon danmaku?
-
>Manipulate the border of willing and unwilling, see if we can't get Rinnosuke to tell use something. And not want something from us.
-
Mostly, I think we're being a bit humble for Yukari. She is the most Youkai-like of the youkai. We should be making offers he can't refuse. And burning down the store if he does refuse. Not like Yukari's ever worried about being honest or nice.
-
>Do we feel capable enough to throw around danmaku?
>If so, spell cards!
>If not, how much energy would it take us to summon danmaku?
>You are able to use any of your abilities, provided they are unrelated to boundaries, with relative ease.
>Most of your spellcards rely on the manipulation of boundaries
>Manipulate the border of willing and unwilling, see if we can't get Rinnosuke to tell use something. And not want something from us.
>You try to manipulate the border between willing and unwilling, but find the effort extremely draining.
>"Hmm? Something the matter?"
>_
-
>Stop manipulating the border.
>"Ah, sorry, I'm just a bit dizzy after my long absence. Maybe I should call someone?"
>Attempt to use a spellcard to call Chen.
>If that fails, leave. You can interrogate some hapless forest youkai. Trying to get information out of Rinnosuke without manipulating borders would be a pain.
-
Personally I'd find it best to lurk and watch from afar to gather information before starting to confront people again. A disguise honestly may not be out of line for the moment. We can pull the "HELLO DEMIGODDESS OF BOUNDARIES HERE" dealie once we have at least a passing familiarity with what's going on these days, so we don't look like an idiot.
>Did we have any particularly close friends before having to enter the Border that might be willing to offer some favors?
>Do we have any emergency plans for/with Ran and Chen in case something crazy like this happens?
>What's our relationship with Alice been like?
>What about Reimu? Did anything happen to her when the Border broke back then?
-
>Stop manipulating the border.
>"Ah, sorry, I'm just a bit dizzy after my long absence. Maybe I should call someone?"
>Attempt to use a spellcard to call Chen.
>If that fails, leave. You can interrogate some hapless forest youkai. Trying to get information out of Rinnosuke without manipulating borders would be a pain.
>You stop trying to mess with boundaries for the time being.
>"What have you been doing during your absence, anyway?"
>You try calling for Chen, but it is a futile effort as you do not have any direct bonds to Chen without Ran.
>You turn to leave.
>"Oh, leaving so soon? Alice, say goodbye to our guest."
>Alice sighs. "Bye bye."
>As you exit, you hear Rinnosuke's voice.
>"You're really something, you know? Have you forgotten why you're here?"
>"I could break you, just like that, you know."
>"Go ahead."
>"You little..."
>Did we have any particularly close friends before having to enter the Border that might be willing to offer some favors?
>Do we have any emergency plans for/with Ran and Chen in case something crazy like this happens?
>What's our relationship with Alice been like?
>What about Reimu? Did anything happen to her when the Border broke back then?
>You are acquainted with most of the residents of Gensokyo, though were rather close with Yuyuko Saigyouji, Rinnosuke Morichika, and Suika Ibuki. You also had a fairly good relationship with Reimu Hakurei.
>You do not.
>You would consider your relationship with Alice to be neutral.
>You have not spoken to Reimu since the border broke.
>_
-
*Idea!*
>Reenter the house-something must be done.
>"Perhance I could speak to Alice for a moment? It's about something we were taking care of before I left."
-
>Reenter the house-something must be done.
>"Perhance I could speak to Alice for a moment? It's about something we were taking care of before I left."
>You can't let what you just heard go.
>You turn around again to head back into Kourindou.
>As you turn, you hear a scream come from inside.
>You open the door to see Rinnosuke sitting back, facing Alice, with a sadistic smile on his face.
>His book sits on the counter, and you can see him toying with something in his hands.
>Meanwhile, you see one of Alice's arms bending and twisting in an impossible manner.
>"Oh, back so soon?"
>He swivels around to face you again and Alice falls to the floor, breathing heavily.
>"Get up, Alice. You have company."
>_
-
>Help Alice on to her feet, lead her outside.
>Find a decent spot to sit down With Alice.
>"Now then. I need you to tell me about what has happened over the last 2 years. In exchange, I could help you. Could you do that?"
Lol, Blackberry posts
-
>Help Alice on to her feet, lead her outside.
>Find a decent spot to sit down With Alice.
>"Now then. I need you to tell me about what has happened over the last 2 years. In exchange, I could help you. Could you do that?"
>You walk up to and reach over the counter to offer Alice a hand in getting up.
>She takes your hand and gets back onto her feet.
>You motion for Alice to follow you out.
>Rinnosuke picks up his book and goes back to reading.
>You head outside with Alice and close the door behind you.
>As you close the door, you notice Alice glimpsing at Rinnosuke with a look of hatred on her face.
>Alice leans against the walls of Kourindou as she listens to you.
>"How would you help?"
>_
-
>"Depends. Tell me your problem first."
>Rinnosuke's in on this. Either he's the problem, or he's serving someone.
-
>"Depends. Tell me your problem first."
>Rinnosuke's in on this. Either he's the problem, or he's serving someone.
>"Isn't it obvious? You saw it just now."
>Something about him has changed, he knows something, doesn't he?
>_
-
>"Evidently not obvious for you to just leave, heavens forbid. What does he have over you to stop you from up-and-leaving?"
>"More importantly, why the hell has everything changed over the last two years?"
-
>"Evidently not obvious for you to just leave, heavens forbid. What does he have over you to stop you from up-and-leaving?"
>"More importantly, why the hell has everything changed over the last two years?"
>"You think I wouldn't if I could?"
>"I can't take a step further than where I am right now."
>"You really don't know?"
>"What happened to being on top of everything?"
>_
-
> "Being stuck somewhere for two years doesn't exactly allow you to keep tabs on everything."
-
> Does Alice have any of her dolls with her? Such as Shanghai.
-
> "Being stuck somewhere for two years doesn't exactly allow you to keep tabs on everything."
>"Well, the whole world went to shit."
>"There isn't much else to it."
> Does Alice have any of her dolls with her? Such as Shanghai.
>Not as far as you can see.
>_
-
> "And where was Reimu in all this?"
-
> "And where was Reimu in all this?"
>"Reimu? She's being the complete bitch that she is up in her mansion."
>Alice starts testing her arm, and you see her clenching and relaxing her fist.
>_
-
>"Hold up-you said 'not a step further'-is that because of some magic construct, like I think, or something else?"
>"Reimu up in her-I fear my absence was for the worst. Does Rinnosuke work for her or not?"
>Time until we can next use border manipulation.
>Make sure Rinnosuke isn't outside with us.
-
>"Also...where are your Dolls?"
-
>"Hold up-you said 'not a step further'-is that because of some magic construct, like I think, or something else?"
>"Reimu up in her-I fear my absence was for the worst. Does Rinnosuke work for her or not?"
>Time until we can next use border manipulation.
>Make sure Rinnosuke isn't outside with us.
>"I'm bound to this place, I haven't figured out how to break the bond yet."
>"'For the worst.' Isn't that obvious?"
>"I have no idea."
>She bends her arm a couple of times, wincing each time she does so.
>"I do know that, once I get that thing away from him, I'm going to kill that bastard."
>"Where have you been, anyway? Don't you usually stop these kinds of things from happening?"
>You should probably wait for at least half an hour before you try again.
>You appear to be alone with Alice right now.
>"Also...where are your Dolls?"
>"Shanghai is with me, the rest are at my house."
>_
-
>"Wait, thing? What thing? He has leeway over you because of...something?"
-
Just a thought, but who thinks we should try to free Alice once our power recharges?
-
>"Wait, thing? What thing? He has leeway over you because of...something?"
>"Yeah. Didn't you see i-"
>Alice goes silent as the door handle begins to turn.
>Rinnosuke opens the door.
>"Sorry to interrupt, but I need you for something, Alice. My apologies, Yukari. Can you come back later?"
>Alice clicks her tongue in frustration.
>_
-
We really are being way too free with the knowledge we're out of touch and not up to snuff. I mean, look at Kourin here, trying to dismiss Yukari like she's some common punk youkai. Would she stand for that?
-
>Wonder what is Reimu up to this time.
-
We really are being way too free with the knowledge we're out of touch and not up to snuff. I mean, look at Kourin here, trying to dismiss Yukari like she's some common punk youkai. Would she stand for that?
...no.
>"You can wait three more minutes, Shopkeeper. I have been waiting for two years."
>"And considering that it concerns the fate of Gensyoko itself, I'm sure you can go back to your book for just a little while longer."
-
>Wonder what is Reimu up to this time.
>What could Reimu be doing?
>"You can wait three more minutes, Shopkeeper. I have been waiting for two years."
>"And considering that it concerns the fate of Gensyoko itself, I'm sure you can go back to your book for just a little while longer."
>"Hmm?"
>Rinnosuke lifts an eyebrow and looks at you curiously.
>He watches you for a moment before simply sighing.
>"Come in when you're done, Alice."
>Rinnosuke goes back into the shop, humming a little tune.
>_
-
>"You were saying, Alice?"
-
>"You were saying, Alice?"
>"The bastard has this strange doll."
>"If he does anything to it, I feel its pain."
>"It only hurts for that instant, but still, it hurts."
>_
-
>"Where does he keep it?"
>Try to open a gap to the location, if Alice knows it, and steal it.
>Otherwise open a gap into the building to observe.
-
>Don't open a gap just yet. We don't need to risk Kourin to seeing us in action.
-
>More importantly, I don't think we can gap for another 30 minutes.
-
Indeed, let's not show weakness in front of the puppeteer in our eagerness to do a good deed.
-
>"Where does he keep it?"
>Try to open a gap to the location, if Alice knows it, and steal it.
>Otherwise open a gap into the building to observe.
>Don't open a gap just yet. We don't need to risk Kourin to seeing us in action.
>"As far as I can tell, he keeps it on him."
>You consider opening a gap into the store, but decide against it for the time being.
>More importantly, I don't think we can gap for another 30 minutes.
>You don't feel that it would be completely safe to try to open another gap so soon.
>_
-
>Promise Alice you'll help her...in your own time.
>Not much else we can do here. Human village, guys?
-
>Promise Alice you'll help her...in your own time.
>Not much else we can do here. Human village, guys?
>You mentally note that you'll help Alice when you have the time to.
>You consider leaving and heading to the human village.
>_
-
>"Ascertain where it is, and perhaps I'll take it upon myself to separate him from such a mischievous thing."
-
>"Ascertain where it is, and perhaps I'll take it upon myself to separate him from such a mischievous thing."
>"You'd do that?"
>"I'm not sure where exactly he keeps it, but I'm going to find out."
>"Though, how will I let you know once I find it?"
>_
-
>"I expect you can't send out your little dolls to deliver anymore, can you?"
-
>"I expect you can't send out your little dolls to deliver anymore, can you?"
>"I could try to sneak out Shanghai... It would be hard, though."
>"I don't know where to find you, either."
>_
-
>"Oh please. You can find me anywhere."
>Human village seems good to go to next.
-
>"Oh please. You can find me anywhere."
>Human village seems good to go to next.
>"Exactly. It'll be hard enough to get Shanghai out of here without him noticing, it'd take to long to search for you on top of that."
>You note the human as a good destination once you're done here.
>_
-
>"At least it's better than nothing."
-
>"And who knows, maybe I'll stop in on Rinnosuke once more anyway..."
-
>"At least it's better than nothing."
>"Whatever. I'm going to make the bastard pay with or without your help."
>"Just you wait... I'll make sure that he gets what he deserves. And then some."
>"And who knows, maybe I'll stop in on Rinnosuke once more anyway..."
>"When will you come back?"
>_
-
>"I'm not too sure, myself. Perhaps after I've given the miko a visit... Or at least seen the level of mess this place has ended up in."
-
>"I'm not too sure, myself. Perhaps after I've given the miko a visit... Or at least seen the level of mess this place has ended up in."
>"I guess I'll wait for you to come back before I try anything, for now."
>_
-
Hold up-Maybe I'm being paranoid, but I have the terrible feeling that, unless we deal with Rinnosuke now, Alice is going to die.
More importantly, she still needs a basic cover story with regards to what we were talking about, so we should at least leave her with one of those in case Rinnosuke tries to interrogate her.
Thoughts?
-
Hmm... This'll be tricky. Maybe we wanted to ask her something related to the magic she uses?
Bah. I can't think of a good story right now. >_<
-
... Damn it... Massive thinking time go!
Cover story or not, Kourin will do something to Alice either way. We can't save everyone right now, but even if we say 'just tell him we talked about Gensokyo,' he'll still do something since he was going to charge for it.
Having said that... if we don't post stuff now, we are never going to progress; and I for one would like to see this through.
>"If he decideds to ask, just say you talked about Gensokyo a little. Make it seem like I forced it out of you... so he doesn't get too suspicious."
>"I'll return as quickly as I can... Just don't do something too silly... We don't want people dying now."
>With that, head off; shrine bound asap.
-
>"If he decideds to ask, just say you talked about Gensokyo a little. Make it seem like I forced it out of you... so he doesn't get too suspicious."
>"I'll return as quickly as I can... Just don't do something too silly... We don't want people dying now."
>With that, head off; shrine bound asap.
>"It's not like he really cares about what I do."
>"Don't worry about me, I'll be fine."
>"You watch out for yourself too."
>You leave Alice at Kourindou and take off towards the shrine.
>You need to figure out what's going on here, and Reimu is probably the best person to talk to, right?
>You start flying, and soon the Hakurei Shrine enters your field of vision.
>_
-
>It has been a while; nice to see this place again.
>Does it feel any different... or appear any different from what we remember of it?
>Land near the steps; no use in rushing right in front of the shrine now.
-
>It has been a while; nice to see this place again.
>Does it feel any different... or appear any different from what we remember of it?
>Land near the steps; no use in rushing right in front of the shrine now.
>Seeing something familiar does a lot to ease the mind.
>The shrine itself appears to be the same. Though there appears to be a new structure nearby.
>You descend on the stairs leading to the shrine.
>The grounds appear to be empty.
>_
-
>It certainly has been a while, hasn't it?
>Time until next gap manipulation is available?
>Examine the grounds-how well do we think they have been maintained?
-
>It certainly has been a while, hasn't it?
>Time until next gap manipulation is available?
>Examine the grounds-how well do we think they have been maintained?
>You wonder just what else has changed around here.
>You feel that you should have enough strength to open another gap in about five minutes.
>The grounds look as though they've been maintained well. Better than what you remember, at the least.
>_
-
>Well, at least she's taking care of the place for once.
>What does this 'new' structure look like?
>Walk towards the shrine; keep your eyes open for anyone... or anything suspicious.
-
>Well, at least she's taking care of the place for once.
>What does this 'new' structure look like?
>Walk towards the shrine; keep your eyes open for anyone... or anything suspicious.
>The shrine looks better than before, in fact. That's got to be a good thing, right?
>The new structure looked like an amalgamation of multiple styles of various mansions.
>You begin to walk into the grounds, there appears to be nothing strange.
>As you approach the shrine, the door slides open to reveal Sanae.
>"Welcome to the Hakurei Shrine, what is your business here?"
>Now, that's rather unusual.
>_
-
>What the-
>"Sanae? What are you doing here?"
-
>What the-
>"Sanae? What are you doing here?"
>This is the Hakurei Shrine, isn't it?
>"My duties as a shrine maiden."
>"Do you have any business with myself or the owner of the shrine?"
>_
-
>"From the looks of things, both."
>This is VERY worrying.
>Unless she says she 'doesn't have the time to talk' or words to that effect,
>"If you don't mind me asking, how on earth did you become a Hakurei shrine maiden?"
>"And as a side note, who did up the shrine?"
-
>"From the looks of things, both."
>This is VERY worrying.
>Unless she says she 'doesn't have the time to talk' or words to that effect,
>"If you don't mind me asking, how on earth did you become a Hakurei shrine maiden?"
>"And as a side note, who did up the shrine?"
>"Is that so?"
>"Unfortunately, miss Hakurei does not wish to be disturbed right now."
>"I am available though, do you wish to come inside to discuss?"
>Sanae gestures for you to enter the shrine.
>Just what is going on here?
>"Let's talk inside, I will prepare some tea."
>_
-
>Follow her in.
>"Thank you for your time."
>Read her expression.
-
>Follow her in.
>"Thank you for your time."
>Read her expression.
>You follow Sanae into the shrine, taking note of her expression as you do so.
>Sanae's expression appears to be blank, though you can't help but feel that she is repressing something.
>As you enter, you note that the interior of the shrine also looks a lot cleaner than what you remember.
>Sanae directs you to a small table with several cushions arranged around it.
>"Please just wait a moment, I'll go get the tea."
>Sanae begins to head towards a different section of the shrine.
>_
-
> Glance around the room and wait.
-
> Glance around the room and wait.
>You take a seat next to the table as you take a quick look around the room whilst you wait for Sanae to return.
>In front of you is a small wooden table. It doesn't look like it's used very often.
>There are a few wooden drawers aligned with one of the walls.
>The room is rather bare.
>Soon Sanae returns with a cup of tea in hand.
>Sanae places the tea in front of you.
>"What business do you have with me?"
>_
-
> "Oh you know... I recently got back from my "vacation" and I was just wondering what happened while I was gone."
-
> "Oh you know... I recently got back from my "vacation" and I was just wondering what happened while I was gone."
>Sanae takes a seat opposite you before she asks.
>"Is there anything in particular that you would like to know?"
>_
-
>"Well, for starters I'd like you to answer my first question. After all, I'm pretty sure your shrine is on the mountain~"
>"Come to think of it... what exactly[/s] is Reimu doing?"
-
>"Come to think of it... what exactly[/s] is Reimu doing?"
>Reword the above as: "Come to think of it, it seems that Reimu's business has expanded beyond what I imagined...what kind of work and such is the Hakurei Shrine involved in nowadays?"
>So it sounds less like we're disgusted with her at this stage and more like we're the innocent old hag 17-year-old~ Reimu came to know us as.
I'm tempted to ask about Kanako and Suwako, but I'll bet a penny and a pint that their fates are exactly what is being repressed.
-
>"Well, for starters I'd like you to answer my first question. After all, I'm pretty sure your shrine is on the mountain~"
>"Like I have said, I am working as a shrine maiden here. The shrine on the mountain is no more."
>Sanae's voice falters for an instant as she mentions the other shrine.
>Reword the above as: "Come to think of it, it seems that Reimu's business has expanded beyond what I imagined...what kind of work and such is the Hakurei Shrine involved in nowadays?"
>So it sounds less like we're disgusted with her at this stage and more like we're the innocent old hag 17-year-old~ Reimu came to know us as.
>"The shrine simply helps all those in need."
>"Is that all you came for?"
>Just what the hell is Reimu thinking? You're going to give her a piece of your mind once you figure out just what is going on.
>_
-
>"No more? I'm afraid you'll have to be a little more... clearer then that."
>Take a sip of the tea.
>"And don't think I simply came for no reason; checking up on Reimu was always my favourite pastime~"
>"Of course, I can see quite clearly that so much has changed; it's why I'm asking you what has happened here, starting with when the Border broke~"
>Look serious when mentioning the Border; the Border is VERY serious business.
-
>"No more? I'm afraid you'll have to be a little more... clearer then that."
>Take a sip of the tea.
>"And don't think I simply came for no reason; checking up on Reimu was always my favourite pastime~"
>"Of course, I can see quite clearly that so much has changed; it's why I'm asking you what has happened here, starting with when the Border broke~"
>Look serious when mentioning the Border; the Border is VERY serious business.
>"Surely you know what the shrine does? Our duties have not changed."
>You sip your tea whilst you talk with Sanae.
>"As I have said before, miss Hakurei does not wish to be disturbed. Is your business here concluded?"
>You drop your cheerful demeanor as you begin to discuss the border. Sanae's expression does not change.
>"The only thing that has changed is that miss Hakurei now works to maintain the border's current state and prevent any future damage to the border, and that I have taken over for her regular duties."
>_
-
>"So let me get this straight. You are effectively the new Reimu, and Reimu is effectively a border keeper, right?"
>"I have to say, between the pair of you the shrine has certainly become nice. Where did you get the money for all this?"
-
>"So let me get this straight. You are effectively the new Reimu, and Reimu is effectively a border keeper, right?"
>"I have to say, between the pair of you the shrine has certainly become nice. Where did you get the money for all this?"
>"I perform most of the shrine maiden's duties, yes."
>"The funding has come from the good will of the people. In addition, it is rather amazing to see what hard work can achieve."
>_
-
"Question is though, has she been maintaining the borders well since I was gone?"
-
"Question is though, has she been maintaining the borders well since I was gone?"
>"Borders are your field of expertise, are they not?"
>_
-
"Well, I'm kinda lazy to check now, so that's why I asked you."
We need to hide that fact that we aren't strong enough yet.
-
"Well, I'm kinda lazy to check now, so that's why I asked you."
We need to hide that fact that we aren't strong enough yet.
>"I could not say for certain whether or not miss Hakurei is doing a good job. I know next to nothing about borders."
>You don't want to flaunt the fact that you've been weakened or anything now, do you?
>_
-
>"Well in that case, perhaps I should evaluate that myself~"
>Sip that tea; no point wasting that.
>"To save me the effort of going there, could you tell me the condition of the mountain? Surely the tengu and kappa must have reacted to this along the way."
-
>"Well in that case, perhaps I should evaluate that myself~"
>Sip that tea; no point wasting that.
>"To save me the effort of going there, could you tell me the condition of the mountain? Surely the tengu and kappa must have reacted to this along the way."
>"It is not up to me to decide what you do."
>You continue to drink the tea, you're not going to let the first tea you've had in years go to waste.
>"The tengu are the same as always, and the kappa have all but disappeared. Or so I hear. I have not been to the mountain personally in quite some time."
>_
-
>"Disappeared? Well, we can't leave that alone now, can we~"
>Finish off that tea.
>"I shall trouble you no further. Thank you for the tea~"
-
>"Disappeared? Well, we can't leave that alone now, can we~"
>Finish off that tea.
>"I shall trouble you no further. Thank you for the tea~"
>"Many share your sentiments regarding the kappa. There used to be organized searches for them."
>You drink what remains of the tea, you've missed this taste.
>"Take care, the Hakurei Shrine is always open to listen to any troubles or worries that you may have."
>"Would you care to leave a donation as a token of your appreciation?"
>_
-
>Inventory
>How is our gap-charge meter?
-
>Inventory
>How is our gap-charge meter?
>You have in your possession the clothes you are wearing and a small, paper fan.
>You feel as though you could safely open a gap now.
>_
-
Right, whoever is reading this, decision time.
Use the gap and go to Youkai Mountain or save the gap for something else? I mean, if people want to go elsewhere first, or think of something else, then go ahead and suggest it.
I'm off to bed soon, you see~
-
I say we keep the gap for now. It'll be useful if we need to escape somewhere.
-
Can we use our one-shot gap to help Alice? She might be useful and I don't like leaving threads hanging. Maybe we can threaten Rinnosuke with our gaps?
-
> Gap to your home. Hopefully Ran or Chen will be there.
-
> Gap to your home. Hopefully Ran or Chen will be there.
>You open up a gap between your current location and Mayohiga. It still takes a lot out of you, and it's still slightly smaller than normal, but you hide your discomfort in front of others.
>Sanae bows at you before she moves to pick up your cup as you step through the gap.
>You close the gap behind you once you're in Mayohiga.
>Nobody appears to be around, as usual.
>_
-
>Time for the next gap?
>Walk around, see what's happened to Mayohiga since you were gone.
-
>Time for the next gap?
>Walk around, see what's happened to Mayohiga since you were gone.
>Like last time, you'd guess that you need around an hour to gather enough strength to safely open another gap.
>You begin to wander around the streets of Mayohiga and a low growling noise begins to run through the streets.
>You ignore the noise and continue to walk around, nothing much appears to have changed.
>The closer you get to your home, the louder the growling gets.
>_
-
> Is this growling... familiar somehow? Or am I imagining things?
> No one here? Am I sure?
-
> Is this growling... familiar somehow? Or am I imagining things?
> No one here? Am I sure?
>You're certain that you've heard this growling a long time ago.
>Evidently, whatever is growling at you is here.
>_
-
>Can we remember how long back? Is it Ran or Chen, perhaps?
>Call out for Ran, a la "Ran!"
-
>Can we remember how long back? Is it Ran or Chen, perhaps?
>Call out for Ran, a la "Ran!"
>You recall this growl from before you had Ran as a shikigami.
>You believe that it belongs to Ran.
>You call out for Ran, and the growling stops.
>_
-
> "Ran, is that you?"
-
> "Ran, is that you?"
>You see a fox's head, Ran's, poke out from behind one of the buildings to watch you.
>_
-
>Approach carefully, no telling what's happened to Ran to make her growl like that.
>Anything we can duck behind in the ulikely case that Ran strikes?
-
>Approach carefully, no telling what's happened to Ran to make her growl like that.
>Anything we can duck behind in the ulikely case that Ran strikes?
>You slowly approach Ran.
>Ran watches you for a moment before she steps out from behind the building.
>Her steps seem odd, as though she's about to fall over at any moment.
>The cause becomes apparent once you can see Ran in full, one of her front limbs is missing.
>Ran limps towards you and rubs herself against your legs for a short moment before lying down next to you.
>She lets out a small bark, and soon a black cat with two tails, Chen, starts approaching.
>_
-
> Well at least someone appreciates your return.
> Can you communicate with them in their animal forms?
-
>"Goodness, Ran, what happened?"
>Kneel down a bit to get a better look at her. If appropriate, give her a comforting pat.
>Is Chen in good shape?
-
> Well at least someone appreciates your return.
> Can you communicate with them in their animal forms?
>It feels good to know that somebody was waiting for you.
>You believe that they can understand you, but the reverse does not hold true.
>"Goodness, Ran, what happened?"
>Kneel down a bit to get a better look at her. If appropriate, give her a comforting pat.
>Is Chen in good shape?
>Ran looks up at you and whines.
>You kneel down and examine Ran in more detail. Her body has several scars running along it hidden behind the fur, and her arm appears to have been cut off quite a while ago.
>You give Ran a pat, and she licks your face in return.
>Meanwhile, Chen tries to fit herself in between yourself and Ran. Chen appears to be fine.
>_
-
>Let Chen come up between you and Ran, give her a comforting scratch on the head.
>Try to figure out just what cut off Ran's arm, and when.
>Time until next available gap?
-
>Let Chen come up between you and Ran, give her a comforting scratch on the head.
>Try to figure out just what cut off Ran's arm, and when.
>Time until next available gap?
>You make a bit of room for Chen, who jumps onto your lap and lies down, purring.
>You examine Ran's arm again, it looks as though it happened a few months ago, at the latest.
>Even without your strength, Ran was rather strong by herself. You aren't sure of what could have cut off her arm.
>You should probably wait for around an hour before attempting to open up another gap.
>_
-
>Can we change them back to humanoid form?
-
>Can we change them back to humanoid form?
>You aren't sure, but you think that renewing your shikigami contracts should be enough to return them to their humanoid forms.
>_
-
>What is the process for renewing a shikigami contract?
-
>What is the process for renewing a shikigami contract?
>It is a rather simple process, you need only meet a few conditions. You, as the master must be willing to share your partner with your to-be shikigami and your partner, as the to-be shikigami, must be willing to follow any and every order you give. Both parties must be completely trusting in the other.
>The ceremony itself is of little importance and can be as grand or humble as you wish it to be.
>_
-
Ok you guys, this would probably help us in the long run if we have Ran back; arm missing or not.
It shouldn't really need a discussion, but if someone has a good point to say otherwise, then go ahead; otherwise, we'll get Ran back, and possibly Chen too.
-
>Would renewing the shikigami contract heal any injuries (i.e. return arms)?
I'm all in favour of reuniting the crew.
After that, we should get the full story and then do what must be done. After that, should we check up on Alice?
-
Definitely no reason not to renew. We might actually learn something of note, too.
After this I'd propose some groundwork above anything else. For that, though;
> What places worth inspection are nearby?
-
>Would renewing the shikigami contract heal any injuries (i.e. return arms)?
>It would not.
> What places worth inspection are nearby?
>Mayohiga is rather isolated, placed near the edge of Gensokyo. The only nearby area of note is Hakugyokurou.
>_
-
>Renew our shikigami contract with Ran. No ceremonies necessary.
>Ask what happened to Ran and Chen.
>Afterwards, time until we feel like we can gap again?
Let's see what they say and then decide where to go next.
-
Well if we're renewing with Ran we should also
> Renew contract with Chen
unless there's some kind of restriction or whatever, although there shouldn't be.
Since there's apparently not too much to do here and a whole hour until we can portal again, finding something out from the info they have is the obvious way to go.
-
>Renew our shikigami contract with Ran. No ceremonies necessary.
>Ask what happened to Ran and Chen.
>Afterwards, time until we feel like we can gap again?
>There's no need for a fancy ceremony, you decide to keep things simple.
>Chen gets up and backs away as you begin talking to Ran.
>You ask Ran if she's willing to serve under you again, she nods in response.
>As you outline a verbal contract with Ran, you feel several bonds forming between the two of you.
>Soon, the two of you are connected and you feel your strength flowing into Ran.
>As this happens, Ran slowly regains human form.
>Ran's transformation finishes as you feel the balance of power between the two of you stabilizing.
>Ran picks herself up off the ground, faltering slightly as she gets used to standing on two feet once more.
>Without any fur, several scars are clearly visible on her body, and her half of her right arm is missing.
>You're about to ask about what happened, but Ran speaks first.
>"Master, where have you been all this time?"
>You should rest for around fifty minutes before you try opening a gap again.
> Renew contract with Chen
>You never had a contract with Chen.
>_
-
>"For a while, I've been stuck in a void for who knows why. My gap powers are weakened as well."
-
Almost knew I was making a fool out of myself there. Ah well.
> "I have a lot of unanswered questions, but goodness, what happened to you?"
-
>Ask Ran what happened to Ran and Chen, and anything else they feel is important that happened in Gensokyo.
>Ask Ran to renew her contract with Chen.
>As they contract, yell "CHEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEN :V"
-
>"For a while, I've been stuck in a void for who knows why. My gap powers are weakened as well."
>"You've been... stuck?"
>"What has happened to you, master?"
> "I have a lot of unanswered questions, but goodness, what happened to you?"
>"Chen and I have been waiting for your return."
>"You would not believe the nerve of some people, as soon as you disappeared, they attempted to raid this place."
>"This," Ran looks at the empty space where the rest of her arm used to be, "is due to my own shortcomings. My apologies, master."
>Ask Ran what happened to Ran and Chen, and anything else they feel is important that happened in Gensokyo.
>Ask Ran to renew her contract with Chen.
>As they contract, yell "CHEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEN :V"
>"We have not had the time to investigate the rest of Gensokyo, my apologies again."
>"I have, however, heard rumors of the Palanquin Ship crashing and of the fall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion."
>"Do you have nothing more that you need from me?"
>"Are you sure that your powers are all you have lost, master?"
>_
-
>Fall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion? Ask for details, if Ran knows any, but explain our predicament first.
>Do we know of anyone who might be able to heal Ran's arm?
-
>Fall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion? Ask for details, if Ran knows any, but explain our predicament first.
>Do we know of anyone who might be able to heal Ran's arm?
>How and what do you want to ask and explain?
>Eirin may have the medical expertise to perform such a feat.
>_
-
>Unfortunately, Eirin is unlikely to be a fan of us, especially when we're in no position to threaten or help her in a meaningful fashion.
>Is Chen back to normal yet?
>"I would like your help and company while finding out what happened in a lot of ways, Ran, but I assume you ask because there is a reason for you to stay here?"
-
>Unfortunately, Eirin is unlikely to be a fan of us, especially when we're in no position to threaten or help her in a meaningful fashion.
>Is Chen back to normal yet?
>"I would like your help and company while finding out what happened in a lot of ways, Ran, but I assume you ask because there is a reason for you to stay here?"
>Eirin has no reason to help you, after all.
>Chen is still a cat.
>"Of course, I am at your call."
>"Now that you've returned, I have no reason to stay unless you wish for me to. Rather, I was thinking I could get some clothes."
>_
-
>Look around for something Ran can cover herself with. Wouldn't want her getting cold.
>While doing that, have Ran renew Chen's contract. Two heads are better than one, so it stands to reason that three heads will be better than two.
-
>Chuckle a little. "Is there no clothing left at Mayohiga, or has it simply not been a concern?"
>How often do/did we make out with her?
>Whenever Chen becomes humanoid again, engage in family reunion hug. This is not optional.
-
>Look around for something Ran can cover herself with. Wouldn't want her getting cold.
>While doing that, have Ran renew Chen's contract. Two heads are better than one, so it stands to reason that three heads will be better than two.
>"It should be fine, my clothes should still be there."
>"Once I find some clothes, I shall. Come, Chen."
>Ran picks up and carries Chen with her left arm.
>Chuckle a little. "Is there no clothing left at Mayohiga, or has it simply not been a concern?"
>How often do/did we make out with her?
>Whenever Chen becomes humanoid again, engage in family reunion hug. This is not optional.
>"I believe the clothes would have been rather uncomfortable, had I tried to wear them in that form."
>Your relationship with Ran was that of master and servant.
>You note that you have to have a family reunion hug once Chen regains her humanoid form.
>"Is there anything else you need addressed immediately?"
>_
-
>"...Fall of the SDM? Everything looks to be upside-down, but that's still pretty hard to believe. Do you have any idea what happened there?"
>"Also, you mentioned raiders. Was there someone or a specific group out to raid our home? Or were they of no note?"
-
>Actually, don't press her just yet.
>"I have a lot of questions to ask from what you've told me, but it would be more comfortable to talk with your clothes on, wouldn't it?"
>Go take care of that for now.
-
>"...Fall of the SDM? Everything looks to be upside-down, but that's still pretty hard to believe. Do you have any idea what happened there?"
>"Also, you mentioned raiders. Was there someone or a specific group out to raid our home? Or were they of no note?"
>Actually, don't press her just yet.
>"I have a lot of questions to ask from what you've told me, but it would be more comfortable to talk with your clothes on, wouldn't it?"
>Go take care of that for now.
>You're about to ask Ran about a few things, but decide against it for the time being.
>"It would be preferable, yes."
>You let Ran go for now, and she begins to head towards your home with Chen in tow.
>You follow her to outside your house and wait for roughly half an hour.
>Ran emerges from the house with Chen, both of them in their human forms and clothed.
>Chen runs up to you and jumps at you to give you a large hug, shouting "Master!"
>_
-
> It's been a while since I had a hug. It's so pleasant.
> Have everyone enter the house. No need to stay outside. Inspect the house. Search for tea, too, that would be pretty nice right about now.
> Sit down with Ran and Chen. Time for some questions.
> "You mentioned raiders. Was there someone specific of note? What would have led them to do such a thing, anyway?"
> "The Palanquin Ship crashing and of the fall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion... I would never imagine something like that happening easily. Do you know anything about what caused that?"
Actually, if it's too much for one go, just enter the house and check its state. The questions can come later.
-
> It's been a while since I had a hug. It's so pleasant.
> Have everyone enter the house. No need to stay outside. Inspect the house. Search for tea, too, that would be pretty nice right about now.
> Sit down with Ran and Chen. Time for some questions.
> "You mentioned raiders. Was there someone specific of note? What would have led them to do such a thing, anyway?"
> "The Palanquin Ship crashing and of the fall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion... I would never imagine something like that happening easily. Do you know anything about what caused that?"
Actually, if it's too much for one go, just enter the house and check its state. The questions can come later.
>You receive Chen with outstretched arms and return her hug. It's been a while since you've seen her, it's a nice way to be greeted.
>Ran nods and goes to open the door.
>Chen lets go of you and holds your hand as the two of you start walking inside.
>As you enter the house, you take a quick look around to see if anything has changed. Everything looks to be more or less the same as you left it.
>"Chen, could you please prepare some tea for our master?"
>"Okay!" Chen nods and lets go of your hand before she begin running off in the direction of the kitchen.
>You head to a large room with Ran and sit down at a table. Ran sits down opposite you. It's time to start finding out about just what has happened here.
>"People of all sorts have attempted to steal from this place."
>"The black-white witch was the first to come through here. The most I could do to stop her was to limit the areas she could reach."
>"I imagine that they believed this place to be abandoned and figured that they could take whatever they wanted from us."
>"As far as the rumors go, the red-white seems to be connected to both incidents. I am unsure of the details."
>As Ran finishes talking Chen returns with three glasses of tea, two of which she hands to you and Ran before taking a seat at the table next to Ran.
>"So, what're you talking about?"
>_
-
> We don't know how much Chen knows, but Ran should. Wait and let her react, be it luring her away from the conversation or the opposite. It shouldn't matter much to us, though.
> Drink some tea.
> "...Things sure changed. What could have led to all this?"
> Ponder about the period of time before we were stranded in the border. See if we can recall what we were doing, who was near us, where Ran was located, or anything that could be of use.
-
> We don't know how much Chen knows, but Ran should. Wait and let her react, be it luring her away from the conversation or the opposite. It shouldn't matter much to us, though.
> Drink some tea.
> "...Things sure changed. What could have led to all this?"
> Ponder about the period of time before we were stranded in the border. See if we can recall what we were doing, who was near us, where Ran was located, or anything that could be of use.
>You decide to see how Ran answers Chen.
>"Our master was asking about what happened here during her absence."
>"You mean how all those people came along and you fought them off?"
>"Yes, Chen."
>You take a sip of your tea before you ask the two of them a question.
>"It's because border broke, isn't it?"
>"I concur with Chen."
>You were completely cut off from the rest of Gensokyo whilst you were stuck in the border. You assume, from Ran's accounts that Ran and Chen were in Mayohiga for the entirety of your absence.
>_
-
> Continue trying to recall what happened. The border broke... isn't that why we went inside it in the first place? Or could the border breaking be the cause of our being stuck inside it? Could there have been more than one border accident?
> Concentrate. Is there someone we can talk to who would give us these answers? Or maybe help us remember? Recall how much time before we can make a portal again, it shouldn't be long.
> Whoever seems like the best person to talk to should be our next destination. Wonder if it's a good idea to bring Ran and/or Chen with us according to who this person is.
-
Slightly jumping the gun because the next step should be obvious, and I'd want some talk about it before it's done prematurely. There are several interesting places we can go to, it's really a matter of "where SHOULD we be going NOW", so we don't get into trouble. Choices I can think of are, in no particular order:
- Portal to where the SDM, or the ship, used to stand. Maybe we'll find some clues or interesting things.
- Portal to Rinnosuke's place. With more than one person in our party, we can try pulling something and stealing that voodoo doll, freeing Alice.
- Portal to Youkai Mountain. This is only because we'll have to find and talk to Nitori SOMETIME in this quest, but the thing is, it's almost definitely too early. Or.. not? Also, if not for Nitori, there's also the matter of finding out what happened to Kanako and the shrine.
- Portal to wherever we think we might find Marisa. We don't know her relationship with Reimu right now, so she might be key to many things.
-
> Continue trying to recall what happened. The border broke... isn't that why we went inside it in the first place? Or could the border breaking be the cause of our being stuck inside it? Could there have been more than one border accident?
> Concentrate. Is there someone we can talk to who would give us these answers? Or maybe help us remember? Recall how much time before we can make a portal again, it shouldn't be long.
> Whoever seems like the best person to talk to should be our next destination. Wonder if it's a good idea to bring Ran and/or Chen with us according to who this person is.
>You recall the time when the border began to break again. Perhaps you could find a clue.
>The border breaking was the reason why you went inside the border.
>Had the border continued to break once you had gone inside, that may have been enough to trap you inside. How did you manage to get out though, if that is the case?
>You assume that most residents of Gensokyo would have seen what happened to the border. The only people well versed in borders are yourself and Reimu though.
>What are you trying to remember?
>You should rest for roughly another thirty minutes before you try to open another gap.
>You still need answers and the best place to get them would be from other people.
>Would it be a good idea to take Ran and Chen along?
>_
-
>We missed the group hug. Drat.
>And it's probably best to do some strategizing and information sharing between the shikigami before heading out, wherever we may go. So let's get on that - remember to give them an overview of Alice's situation later, once we've gotten a few more details... and see more about what it's appropriate for Chen to know.
>"You're probably right, Chen. But I wasn't here to see how the border breaking led to so many changes in Gensokyo... and after being trapped and weakened inside the border for so long, I don't really know what those changes have been."
>Sneak a very quick glance at Ran's armstump. "Or what allowed me to get out..."
>Could she have sacrificed that much for us...?
-
>We missed the group hug. Drat.
>And it's probably best to do some strategizing and information sharing between the shikigami before heading out, wherever we may go. So let's get on that - remember to give them an overview of Alice's situation later, once we've gotten a few more details... and see more about what it's appropriate for Chen to know.
>"You're probably right, Chen. But I wasn't here to see how the border breaking led to so many changes in Gensokyo... and after being trapped and weakened inside the border for so long, I don't really know what those changes have been."
>Sneak a very quick glance at Ran's armstump. "Or what allowed me to get out..."
>Could she have sacrificed that much for us...?
>There's always next time, right?
>You decide that it's best to discuss your next course of action with your shikigami before you make a move.
>You make a note to tell the two about Alice once you get more information on her situation.
>"Nya? Well, I don't know. We've been waiting for you."
>"What happened to you anyway, master. I thought you said that you'd be back soon."
>"Quiet, Chen. I'm sure that she has her reasons."
>"So you were trapped within the border and you don't know how you got out?"
>"That is rather strange."
>You take another quick look at where Ran's arm used to be. Was she really so set on waiting for your return that she would risk life and limb?
>_
-
>"I'm curious about that arm, Ran. Could you tell me more about how you lost that?"
-
>"I'm curious about that arm, Ran. Could you tell me more about how you lost that?"
>"I underestimated a small group of humans that came through here."
>"It was all my fault..."
>"I did manage to keep them away, but I lost my arm in the process."
>"I'm so sorry, Ran-sama..."
>_
-
>"Humans did that to you? Exactly who are those?"
>"First rule of fighting, never underestimate anyone, even though I break that rule myself."
-
>"Humans did that to you? Exactly who are those?"
>"First rule of fighting, never underestimate anyone, even though I break that rule myself."
>"I do not know the names of cowards that would prefer to lurk within the shadows."
>"It was a failure on my part. My deepest apologies."
>As Ran speaks you see Chen shifting about in her seat, looking highly dissatisfied about something until she bursts out.
>"No! It was all my fault! Why don't you blame me! If I hadn't been stupid, then your arm... your arm wouldn't have..."
>Ran reaches over to Chen as she begins to cry, holding her with her arm and patting her.
>"It's not your fault, Chen."
>"Yes it is! It was entirely my fault!"
>"It's alright, Chen."
>_
-
> "Whatever might have happened, I'm sure it wasn't your fault."
> "Surely, though, for humans to be so dangerous, they would have to be especially powerful."
> Sip some more tea.
> Time until next portal.
-
> "Whatever might have happened, I'm sure it wasn't your fault."
> "Surely, though, for humans to be so dangerous, they would have to be especially powerful."
> Sip some more tea.
> Time until next portal.
>Ran continues to pat Chen.
>"It is not your fault, even our master agrees."
>"But..."
>"It's fine, Chen."
>You sip on some tea while you wait for Chen to calm down.
>"I believe it has more to do with myself being unprepared, rather than those humans being strong."
>You should rest for around another fifteen minutes before you try to open another gap.
>_
-
>"Well, what's done is done; we'll simply have to make sure it doesn't happen again. And believe me, I'll make sure it won't~"
>Sigh a little.
>"I do wonder if you've heard anything from the direction of Youkai Mountain? The maiden who worked at the mountain shrine, who for some reason now works at the Hakurei Shrine, mentioned it. Can you shed any light on that?"
-
>"Well, what's done is done; we'll simply have to make sure it doesn't happen again. And believe me, I'll make sure it won't~"
>Sigh a little.
After this, please insert
>"If you come across the cowards, point them out. If they wish to leave no mark to trace, then they shall have no marks on their graves."
>"I do wonder if you've heard anything from the direction of Youkai Mountain? The maiden who worked at the mountain shrine, who for some reason now works at the Hakurei Shrine, mentioned it. Can you shed any light on that?"
>"Incidentally, it appears that the shopkeeper Rinnosuke is using magic which can harm another through a doll on a youkai by the name of Alice-Regardless of what we know, we should keep this in mind."
-
Also, how did portal time go from 50 minutes to 30 minutes after a 30 minute wait, then to 45 minutes after a chat? Time is being distorted?? Or I guess our situation's just getting worse?
-
Yukari's gaps are powered by love and magic, and this quest is lacking love and magic. Hence, the time increase
(don't worry about it-we'll get the correct answer next update. Rest easy, Dormio)
-
I wasn't serious, by the way. It was fun mentioning the possibility of that, though.
-
Also, how did portal time go from 50 minutes to 30 minutes after a 30 minute wait, then to 45 minutes after a chat? Time is being distorted?? Or I guess our situation's just getting worse?
~*~Magic~*~ (oops, quarter of an hour, not three quarters)
>"Well, what's done is done; we'll simply have to make sure it doesn't happen again. And believe me, I'll make sure it won't~"
>Sigh a little.
>"If you come across the cowards, point them out. If they wish to leave no mark to trace, then they shall have no marks on their graves."
>"Indeed. I will not fall victim to such tactics again."
>You give a small sigh.
>"If I am to meet them again, there will be no need for a grave."
>"I do wonder if you've heard anything from the direction of Youkai Mountain? The maiden who worked at the mountain shrine, who for some reason now works at the Hakurei Shrine, mentioned it. Can you shed any light on that?"
>"I have heard very little regarding the Youkai Mountain. Few people enter or leave that place anymore."
>"Incidentally, it appears that the shopkeeper Rinnosuke is using magic which can harm another through a doll on a youkai by the name of Alice-Regardless of what we know, we should keep this in mind."
>"The puppeteer, being harmed by a doll?"
>"I will make sure to keep note of this."
>_
-
>"Do you have any idea what may have happened at the mountain? When I spoke with Sanae at Reimu's shrine, she mentioned that Moriya shrine 'is no more,' and while the tengu are apparently still there, the kappa have vanished. I'm not sure what sort of events would lead to that conclusion."
>"Ah, have you heard from Yuyuko or Suika at all?"
>Is it obvious by sight through her clothes that Ran's arm is missing?
>At full power, would we have been able to come up with a cure/solution for that on our own?
-
>"Do you have any idea what may have happened at the mountain? When I spoke with Sanae at Reimu's shrine, she mentioned that Moriya shrine 'is no more,' and while the tengu are apparently still there, the kappa have vanished. I'm not sure what sort of events would lead to that conclusion."
>"Ah, have you heard from Yuyuko or Suika at all?"
>Is it obvious by sight through her clothes that Ran's arm is missing?
>At full power, would we have been able to come up with a cure/solution for that on our own?
>"There have been rumors that certain figures, namely the gods, have disappeared. I do not know how much truth is in these statements."
>"Though, if the Moriya shrine is no more..."
>"I have heard that the kappa have fled."
>"Neither lady Saigyouji, nor Suika have come to visit this place."
>It is rather obvious, considering how Ran has tied up the sleeve where her arm ends.
>It is highly unlikely.
>_
-
>"Her gods vanishing would certainly explain Sanae's apparent despair... though that still leaves why they vanished, and what the kappa fled from, unanswered. A visit may be prudent at some point."
>"Have there been any rumors regarding the oni, or Hakugyokurou?"
>"What has been taken from Mayohiga?"
>And implicitly, what would still be left to our memory, especially valuables of either sentimental or practical purpose?
>"... and Ran, what happened to the arm that you lost? I suspect it would be easier to reattach than replace, if possible."
>Where is Mayohiga in Gensokyo? What locations would be nearby that are easy to visit without gap travel; in case it's worth keeping that in our pocket for the moment.
-
>"Her gods vanishing would certainly explain Sanae's apparent despair... though that still leaves why they vanished, and what the kappa fled from, unanswered. A visit may be prudent at some point."
>"Have there been any rumors regarding the oni, or Hakugyokurou?"
>"What has been taken from Mayohiga?"
>And implicitly, what would still be left to our memory, especially valuables of either sentimental or practical purpose?
>"... and Ran, what happened to the arm that you lost? I suspect it would be easier to reattach than replace, if possible."
>Where is Mayohiga in Gensokyo? What locations would be nearby that are easy to visit without gap travel; in case it's worth keeping that in our pocket for the moment.
>"Do you plan on leaving soon?"
>"I have heard nothing about either, though the entrance to Hakugyokurou has disappeared."
>"Nothing of importance. Several of the buildings have been looted, but none of them contained anything of value."
>Everything in your home appears to have been untouched.
>"It decayed a long time ago."
>Mayohiga is located at the edge of Gensokyo, next to Hakugyokurou. Mayohiga is a rather isolated place.
>_
-
>About the arm, "Unfortunate." Give her a look. "But we will find a way."
>"And given the circumstances, I do think I want to actively catch up on things. What I have heard about Reimu's behavior has been worrying... and one way or another this situation needs fixing."
>What do we have at home that may be useful for our adventures today? Tools, weapons, magical items, etc?
>How far is it to Hakugyokurou's entrance 'manually?'
Note that we need to let them know about the current gap limitation sooner or later.
-
>About the arm, "Unfortunate." Give her a look. "But we will find a way."
>"And given the circumstances, I do think I want to actively catch up on things. What I have heard about Reimu's behavior has been worrying... and one way or another this situation needs fixing."
>What do we have at home that may be useful for our adventures today? Tools, weapons, magical items, etc?
>How far is it to Hakugyokurou's entrance 'manually?'
>"It matters not if my arm is not restored. It will serve as a reminder of my failures."
>"You will be leaving, then?"
>You have several strange objects from the outside world in your possession, including metallic weapons from the outside world.
>It should take around ten minutes at most to travel to Hakugyokurou's entrance.
>_
-
>"Perhaps not immediately, especially while still waiting out that apparent once-an-hour recovery between being able to create gaps that I seem to have developed."
>Scowl. "Whoever's responsible for this, I swear..."
>"How frequent have raid attempts on Mayohiga been? It may be worth having at least one of you along should I need assistance."
>Rinnosuke would be interested in some of those outer world items, wouldn't he? What would we be able to spare at the moment, and where are they stored in the house to see whatever might be left?
>Of course, it's doubtful he'd find any of them to be enough for Alice's freedom...
>Have we ever compared how well those outer-world weapons match up against danmaku and spellcards?
-
>Ask about the Scarlet Devil Mansion again. Anyone capable of defeating everyone there is certain to be powerful, and we should steer clear of them for now.
-
>"Perhaps not immediately, especially while still waiting out that apparent once-an-hour recovery between being able to create gaps that I seem to have developed."
>Scowl. "Whoever's responsible for this, I swear..."
>"How frequent have raid attempts on Mayohiga been? It may be worth having at least one of you along should I need assistance."
>Rinnosuke would be interested in some of those outer world items, wouldn't he? What would we be able to spare at the moment, and where are they stored in the house to see whatever might be left?
>Of course, it's doubtful he'd find any of them to be enough for Alice's freedom...
>Have we ever compared how well those outer-world weapons match up against danmaku and spellcards?
>"Recovery? Has something happened to your abilities?"
>"They have been decreasing in frequency. The last attempt, where I lost my arm, was held several months ago."
>In the past, you have supplied Rinnosuke with many objects from the outside world.
>What can you spare at the moment?
>Your possessions are scattered about the house, in the room you are currently in, there are several instruments.
>The value of an actual person is rather high.
>You have tested one of the weapons, Rinnosuke identified it as a 'Revolver'. It appears to use and fire 'bullets' which travel much faster than danmaku, as well as dealing much more damage. If you recall correctly, you should have five bullets remaining for this weapon.
>Ask about the Scarlet Devil Mansion again. Anyone capable of defeating everyone there is certain to be powerful, and we should steer clear of them for now.
>"I do not know anything other than that the red-white was involved in some manner."
>_
-
> Take any Spell Cards inside the house with us.
> Take any valuable object (or objects that look valuable) we have from the outside world with us, assuming it's not too heavy.
> Take the revolver. Fuck yeah.
> "Yes, I'll be leaving soon, there's no doubt about that. Too many things have happened, some directly linked to my well-being. I can't possibly stand aside and not look into this."
> "I wonder, though, if you could be a valuable aid in this."
> We could tell Ran to investigate some places. That leaves Chen and our possessions unguarded, though, so I wonder how good of an idea that is.
-
>"At this point, I truly shouldn't be surprised about red-white in this turn of events-in a world so alien to the one I knew, Reimu could be an incident instigator."
>"But if Reimu were to...Is she taxing the people? She always did have a penchant for donations, after all..."
-
> Take any Spell Cards inside the house with us.
> Take any valuable object (or objects that look valuable) we have from the outside world with us, assuming it's not too heavy.
> Take the revolver. Fuck yeah.
> "Yes, I'll be leaving soon, there's no doubt about that. Too many things have happened, some directly linked to my well-being. I can't possibly stand aside and not look into this."
> "I wonder, though, if you could be a valuable aid in this."
> We could tell Ran to investigate some places. That leaves Chen and our possessions unguarded, though, so I wonder how good of an idea that is.
>You head to your own room to collect your spellcards. You place these inside your dress.
>You also pocket the revolver and several pieces of jewellery from the outside world before returning to Ran.
>"I see."
>Chen tugs at your sleeve. "Will you be back soon, master?"
>"I will carry out any order you give me to the best of my ability."
>You consider sending out to investigate on your behalf. It would speed up the process considerably, though where would you send her?
>The issue of a possible attack on Mayohiga is one that you need to be wary of as well.
>"At this point, I truly shouldn't be surprised about red-white in this turn of events-in a world so alien to the one I knew, Reimu could be an incident instigator."
>"But if Reimu were to...Is she taxing the people? She always did have a penchant for donations, after all..."
>"The few rumors I have heard about the red-white were not very favorable."
>"I have heard a rumor to that extent, yes. Again, I am unsure of the validity of this."
>_
-
> "I might need a nice, long rest after all this is over~"
> Wait for portal to recharge. In the meantime, take a break and relax, it might help us heal.
All in favor of returning for Alice?
-
> "I might need a nice, long rest after all this is over~"
> Wait for portal to recharge. Rest a little in the meantime, it might help us heal.
>"A rest is a rather nice thing to look forward to."
>You retire to your room for the time being, and after having taken a short break, you feel as though you could open up another gap.
>_
-
Returning to Alice sounds good as long as we keep the gap we have to get her out.
Also, I think we should send Ran to investigate Youkai Mountain. What do you guys think?
-
I think getting Alice back would be easier than you'd think. I already have a cool idea planned out with some of the things we have now... And I think leaving a portal open is kind of risky.
Regarding Ran going to Youkai Mountain, that's actually the first thought I had when I was thinking about exploring with her, but you can practically tell something bad will happen if we leave Chen alone at home, so I'm not too keen on this at all. Maybe, since we already took most of the valuables, it's not that bad of an idea to send both of them to the mountain? It's not like a robbery would be that huge of a blow now.
-
I think it'd be best if we took Chen along with us. Less likely she'll get into trouble that way.
-
That's an option, I guess. Also, isn't it a long walk to the mountain? Or, in that sense, to anywhere else? I don't think it'd be a very smart idea to send someone there without a gap. We'll go to the mountain when we're done with Alice.
We can take Chen, take both or take none. I think any option is acceptable.
-
I don't think taking the revolver is a good idea, especially if it's not easily concealed: Relying on that so quickly and easily will make us look crazy and desperate, especially when under normal conditions we'd be able to danmaku with the best of them. And with only five shots, there's no WAY we're going to be able to muscle things back to normal with that.
Keep it in mind, but it would probably be best to keep it here to avoid discovery of our desperation/lack of power/ruthlessness and the temptation to use it or threaten to use it lightly.
As for which shikigami to bring along... that's difficult. We may actually not want to bring anyone. Ran with a missing arm would be a big red flag to people about our situation, and her presence elsewhere a signal to any prospective raiders that Mayohiga's defenses are lowered - I'm not sure how well Chen can defend the place on her own. As for bringing Chen, she might be a liability if she starts getting emotional or saying things we aren't looking to share, and I'm not sure how much she'd help in a fight at the scope we're likely to have to deal with.
Alternatively, we could just take both and leave those silly material possessions to the wolves for now. Once we're back up to power, it won't be that difficult to gap them back into our possession, will it? That, or just set up a way to keep the most important things safe while we deal with things. That in mind:
>How well-concealed is the revolver in our clothing, and does it impede our movement in any way/cause our clothing to look strange?
>Would Reimu's barriers be effective against the revolver's shots?
>How good is Chen in a fight, and at keeping a poker face during tense conversations?
>Do we know how Ran managed to limit the areas that Marisa could raid?
>If not, do we have any way to seal off feasible non-gap access to Mayohiga for a while?
We should ask Ran about how effective the last-line for-the-valuables defenses for Mayohiga are and how well they'd hold up without her here.
Also, I don't find going back for Alice a priority - Yuyuko is far more likely to help us, and right nearby to boot. Checking on the entrance to Hakugyokurou before leaving might be worthwhile, if nothing else.
-
>How well-concealed is the revolver in our clothing, and does it impede our movement in any way/cause our clothing to look strange?
>Would Reimu's barriers be effective against the revolver's shots?
>How good is Chen in a fight, and at keeping a poker face during tense conversations?
>Do we know how Ran managed to limit the areas that Marisa could raid?
>If not, do we have any way to seal off feasible non-gap access to Mayohiga for a while?
>It should not affect your appearance as long as you do not engage in any rigorous movement.
>You have not tested this, however you imagine that they would not be effective. Whether or not Reimu could raise any barrier fast enough to react to the revolver, on the other hand...
>If the need arises, Chen is able to hold her own in most fights. Whether or not she can keep her emotions in check is a different story.
>You do not.
>Mayohiga is a rather large place, and to seal off access without altering the boundaries would be near impossible.
>_
-
If Yuyuko is close, then of course, that's a great idea.
Also, remember that Yukari and pretty much everyone in Gensokyo doesn't know what the revolver does, except for Rinnosuke, which opens some fun possibilities. I guess they could GUESS what it does based on how it looks? Who knows.
-
Hakugyuokurou's entrance is ten minutes away. :V
Still don't like the idea of the gun's presence being noticeable if we get into a spat without wanting to use it, though... even if others don't know what it's for, the offhand appearance isn't very threatening, and people would know to be suspicious of any strange item Yukari's carrying around. Hm... although... if we bring a shikigami along and have a purse or something with various things that we can hand off or temporarily discard for a fight without giving a good idea of what kind of thing (bulky metal object) we're carrying around...
>Do we have any purses, handbags, or the like?
>What are Ran and Chen probably up to now, assuming things aren't that much different from how they used to be?
-
>Do we have any purses, handbags, or the like?
>What are Ran and Chen probably up to now, assuming things aren't that much different from how they used to be?
>You have a few small bags from the outside world, though you've never had much use for them before.
>Under normal circumstances, Ran would usually be teaching Chen general etiquette and the like or maintaining Mayohiga. Chen would prefer to play around Mayohiga.
>_
-
>Waitwaitwaitwaitwait.
>We have a gun?
>Since when?
-
>Waitwaitwaitwaitwait.
>We have a gun?
>Since when?
>You still need to organize the thoughts in your head.
>You believe that the revolver in your possession is a type of gun.
>You have had the revolver in your possession for several years but you have never used it outside of the one test shot with Rinnosuke.
>_
-
Time to get a move on.
> Take a fashionable bag. Put jewelry and revolver inside.
> "Well, I'll be going now. I'll be back later."
> Leave for Hakugyuokurou's entrance, not taking anyone with us unless anyone objects.
-
>No, don't leave yet.
>Instead, "Ran, Chen. I think I'll investigate on my own for now. But, both of you come here for a moment."
>Engage family hug. "... thank you for waiting for me."
-
> Take a fashionable bag. Put jewelry and revolver inside.
>No, don't leave yet.
>Instead, "Ran, Chen. I think I'll investigate on my own for now. But, both of you come here for a moment."
>Engage family hug. "... thank you for waiting for me."
>You take a small, purple bag that matches reasonably well with your dress and place the revolver and jewellery inside.
>Before you leave though, there is one more thing that you need to do.
>You go back to the room where you left Ran and Chen, to tell them that you'll be investigating alone.
>"I see. If there is anything that Chen or I can do, do not hesitate to call on us.
>You then tell both of them to come a little closer.
>"Yes, what is it?"
>"Nya?"
>You hug the pair of them when they approach. Chen returns your hug by squeezing you and Ran as hard as she can and Ran as hard as she can, and Ran wraps her arm around you and uses her tails to cover Chen.
>"Of course we would wait for you, master."
>"Yeah!"
>The three of you stay like this for a while, enjoying each other's embrace.
> "Well, I'll be going now. I'll be back later."
> Leave for Hakugyuokurou's entrance, not taking anyone with us unless anyone objects.
>The three of you eventually let go of each other.
>"Take care. We wish for your safe return."
>"Come back soon, master!"
>Chen and Ran follow you to the door, where Ran bows to you and Chen waves goodbye.
>You take your leave and walk at a brisk pace to the entrance of Hakugyokurou.
>Once you arrive, you see what Ran meant about Hakugyokurou disappearing.
>The entrance has been replaced by a giant tear, not unlike the cracks running across the sky, in the space that the entrance occupied.
>_
-
>Frown. That's not good.
>Is the entrance to Hakugyokurou more like a magical portal to a different realm/location, or a physical entrance to an area of Gensokyo practically impossible to access any other way?
>How easily would we be able to gap 'into' this tear?
-
>Frown. That's not good.
>Is the entrance to Hakugyokurou more like a magical portal to a different realm/location, or a physical entrance to an area of Gensokyo practically impossible to access any other way?
>How easily would we be able to gap 'into' this tear?
>Not good at all.
>The entrance is similar to a portal.
>You have no idea.
>_
-
Well. Not thinking it's worth the risk, but gonna wait for someone else to chime in for now.
Question is, if we don't risk getting trapped again to rescue Yuyuko, where do we go next?
-
Considering we seem to be limited to entering Hakugyokurou through a gap, I wonder how dangerous going there could be;
if something goes wrong, we'd probably be stuck there until we can gap out again.
Trying to save Alice would be a possibility. If we manage to free her, she might be willing to help us; we sure could use some additional strength. Not sure about this, though.
We don't know whom we might piss off if we go against Rinnosuke by doing that. Or how exactly he got control over Alice in the first place. He might be able to do something similar to us.
I think for now trying to open a gap and taking a look at Hakugyokurou through it would be a good idea. That could make the decision somewhat easier. If we then decide not to go there after all, we can always just wait until we can gap again to get somewhere else.
-
I don't know how many hours we have to spare before Alice does something drastic or rumors of Yukari's return bring us unwanted visitors at Mayohiga. Simply waiting it out may be a bad idea, unless the plan is extended family bonding with Ran and Chen at a time like this (which is what).
And I fully expect to be trapped in Hakugyokurou for an hour to recharge in a best-case scenario; worst-case would be being unable to get back at all. And while Alice would be grateful, I suspect Yuyuko would be willing to help out without having to do anything special. There are a lot of unknowns for both, but... well, let's see about what we could do if it doesn't work:
>What other locations are near Mayohiga?
-
>What other locations are near Mayohiga?
>The closest areas of note are the Sanzu river and the Bamboo Forest of the Lost. Travelling to either location will take at least an hour.
>_
-
There's obviously something we WANT to see inside that portal. So, if no one says otherwise,
> Go inside.
(obviously leave this alone for a few hours)
-
I think we can count on Yuyuko (and thus Youmu) to help us, as our relationship has generally been amiable in the past. But this is assuming that they are still there in Hakugyokurou, as well as that we might be stuck there for an hour (?) as Nazrin stated above. I think that since we've come all the way here, we should proceed in, as going back to help Alice while holding our gap in reserve would take too long.
>Enter the portal.
> :ohdear:
-
> Go inside.
>Enter the portal.
> :ohdear:
>You brace yourself for the worst and focus your energies towards opening a gap through the tear.
>It takes even more effort than usual, and by the time you manage to open a gap that you could fit through, you're sweating rather heavily.
>You pass through the gap to find yourself in Hakugyokurou's garden, but it's different.
>The sky is a blood red and all the flowers and trees have wilted.
>There are more ghosts floating around than what you previously remember.
>_
-
> Oh dear.
> Look around. Aside from the change of atmosphere (and absurd amount of ghosts), is there anything else strikingly unusual?
-
> Oh dear.
> Look around. Aside from the change of atmosphere (and absurd amount of ghosts), is there anything else strikingly unusual?
>What happened here?
>You take a moment to take in your surroundings and, aside from the sky, garden, and number of ghosts, Hakugyokurou seems to be roughly the same.
>_
-
> If that's so, head off to where Yuyuko usually is. If she's there, I'm sure she can do all the explaining.
-
> If that's so, head off to where Yuyuko usually is. If she's there, I'm sure she can do all the explaining.
>You begin to walk through Hakugyokurou's garden, towards Hakugyokurou itself.
>After walking for around twenty minutes, Hakugyokurou comes into view, as does the Saigyou Ayakashi on the other side.
>To your surprise, the Saigyou Ayakashi is in full bloom.
>_
-
> Huh. That's interesting.
> Does it show that the trip here took a lot out of us? If so, try to hide it as much as possible. Wouldn't want people to see how out of shape we are.
> Regardless, continue onwards.
-
> Huh. That's interesting.
> Does it show that the trip here took a lot out of us? If so, try to hide it as much as possible. Wouldn't want people to see how out of shape we are.
> Regardless, continue onwards.
>You take a moment to compose yourself, wiping off any sweat before you carry on.
>You take note of the Saigyou Ayakashi as you continue walking.
>Soon, you find yourself at the entrance of Hakugyokurou. The door is slightly ajar.
>_
-
> Well, what are we waiting for? We came here for a reason.
> Enter.
-
> Well, what are we waiting for? We came here for a reason.
> Enter.
You push open the door and enter, finding yourself in an empty room.
>There are two rooms connected to either side of you, and a door leading to a private garden on the other side of the room.
>_
-
>Walk a few steps into the room.
>Are any of the other doors open? If so, can we see anything behind them from here?
>Anything peculiar on the walls, floor or ceiling of the room?
-
>Walk a few steps into the room.
>Are any of the other doors open? If so, can we see anything behind them from here?
>Anything peculiar on the walls, floor or ceiling of the room?
>You take a few steps into the room.
>The doors to either side are closed.
>The private garden is in a similar state to the one outside the house, with all the plants wilting.
>The room is completely bare, though it has taken on an eerie red hue due to the light.
>_
-
>Inhale. Does anything smell strange?
>Slowly walk to the door that leads to the private garden. Can we see anything besides the dying plants from there?
-
>Inhale. Does anything smell strange?
>Slowly walk to the door that leads to the private garden. Can we see anything besides the dying plants from there?
>You take a deep breath, nothing seems too out of the ordinary.
>You walk to the private garden, it's relatively clear of ghosts.
>You can see most of Hakugyokurou from here, all the other doors leading to the garden appear to be closed.
>_
-
>Chase after the ghosts and start eating them.
>Go back into the room and try to open the doors one by one, starting with the one next to you on your left side.
>If a door opens, look inside but don't enter the room. If it doesn't, go directly to the next room.
>Stop if you see, hear or smell anything peculiar or threatening in any of the rooms.
-
>Gapcheck
>Proceed with caution.
-
>Where would Yuyuko normally be in here? What about Youmu?
-
>Chase after the ghosts and start eating them.
>Go back into the room and try to open the doors one by one, starting with the one next to you on your left side.
>If a door opens, look inside but don't enter the room. If it doesn't, go directly to the next room.
>Stop if you see, hear or smell anything peculiar or threatening in any of the rooms.
>You jump to catch one of the ghosts floating around so that you can see what it tastes like. You find the taste rather pleasing, and try to catch another. You spend the rest of your days catching and eating ghosts.
>You check the door to your left, opening it to reveal a similar room with a low table inside. Inside this room, there is a door leading deeper inside the building, and another leading to the private garden.
>You check the door to your right to reveal another empty room, with a door leading further into the mansion and a door leading to the private garden.
>Gapcheck
>Proceed with caution.
>Something is strange about this area, you try opening up a miniature gap to test your powers, only to find that even this is impossible here.
>You don't think you can gather the strength to open a gap from inside this space.
>You continue to explore the house with caution.
>Where would Yuyuko normally be in here? What about Youmu?
>Yuyuko would normally be resting in her room, which is to the right of the room that you are currently in, or the private garden.
>Youmu would normally be at Yuyuko's side, or tending to the gardens.
>_
-
>Check Yuyuko's room.
-
>Check Yuyuko's room.
>You begin walking through Hakugyokurou, heading towards Yuyuko's room.
>You step through many rooms, noting that as you get closer to Yuyuko's room, the state of each room gets worse and worse, until you reach rooms that are in total chaos.
>As you open another door, you hear a voice come from deeper within the house. You'd guess that it came from right outside Yuyuko's room.
>"W-who's t-t-there?!"
>_
-
you try opening up a miniature gap to test your powers, only to find that even this is impossible here.
fuck shit piss damn
>Stop for the moment.
>Does this voice sound familiar at all? Does it sound more like Yuyuko or Youmu, if the panicked tone makes it difficult to tell?
-
>Stop for the moment.
>Does this voice sound familiar at all? Does it sound more like Yuyuko or Youmu, if the panicked tone makes it difficult to tell?
>You stop.
>The voice sounds like it belongs to Youmu.
>"H-H-Hello? Is a-anyone there?"
>_
-
>How formal are we to Youmu, usually?
>"Yukari. Are you alright, Youmu?"
-
>How formal are we to Youmu, usually?
>"Yukari. Are you alright, Youmu?"
>Not very. Not that the two of you interacted much in the first place.
>"Y-Yukari?! Is that really you?"
>_
-
>"Getting trapped in the border was not part of my plans. I am sorry for the long wait, Youmu."
>"... where is Yuyuko?"
-
>"Getting trapped in the border was not part of my plans. I am sorry for the long wait, Youmu."
>"... where is Yuyuko?"
>As you talk, you can hear something being moved around.
>Soon you're approached by Youmu, who looks rather terrible. She seems overjoyed to see you, though.
>Youmu hugs you, burying her face into your stomach.
>"You're real, right? You're really here?"
>"Yuyuko... The cherry tree..."
>_
-
>"Yes, I'm really here. It looks like you've gone through quite a lot..."
>Hug back a bit, pat her back comfortingly.
>... face into our stomach? Is she on her knees, or is she normally that short?
>Do we know what the Saigyou Ayakashi being in full bloom would imply?
-
>"Yes, I'm really here. It looks like you've gone through quite a lot..."
>Hug back a bit, pat her back comfortingly.
>... face into our stomach? Is she on her knees, or is she normally that short?
>Do we know what the Saigyou Ayakashi being in full bloom would imply?
>You hug her back and pat her, trying to comfort her.
>You can feel her face getting warmer, is she crying?
>She is on her knees, hugging you.
>You know that Yuyuko died in order to seal the Saigyou Ayakashi. The tree being in full bloom would imply that something has happened to Yuyuko or the seal.
>_
-
>Let her get it out of her system. Who knows how long she's been alone here...
>... though it does rather imply that Yuyuko's dead...
>Do we feel that would be enough to join her in her grief?
-
>Let her get it out of her system. Who knows how long she's been alone here...
>... though it does rather imply that Yuyuko's dead...
>Do we feel that would be enough to join her in her grief?
>You continue to pat Youmu as she holds you. It doesn't seem like she'll be letting go of you any time soon.
>Just what happened here?
>Is it?
>_
-
Yuyuko is kind of dead regularly, if it wasn't obvious. Though who knows, she might have disappeared completely.
> Wait for her to calm down a bit. If it doesn't happen soon, gently and slowly detach from her.
> "You're... alone here?"
-
> Wait for her to calm down a bit. If it doesn't happen soon, gently and slowly detach from her.
> "You're... alone here?"
>You continue to pat Youmu for a while before you slowly pry yourself away from her.
>Youmu wipes her eyes with the back of her hands.
>"I'm sorry... It's just..."
>"Yes..."
>_
-
>"For how long?"
>Signal her to sit down for a chat. When you do, "The sights on the way here were quite... interesting."
-
>"For how long?"
>Signal her to sit down for a chat. When you do, "The sights on the way here were quite... interesting."
>"Ever since that tree..."
>You clear a small portion of one of the rooms and signal for Youmu to sit down with you.
>"It's horrible. Absolutely horrible."
>_
-
> "If you're feeling better, I'd love to hear all about it. Everything. I don't like the idea of forcing you to bring bad memories back up, but I must know. Who knows, I might be able to do something about it."
-
> "If you're feeling better, I'd love to hear all about it. Everything. I don't like the idea of forcing you to bring bad memories back up, but I must know. Who knows, I might be able to do something about it."
>"I don't really know what happened."
>"While I was tending to the garden, the sky started changing."
>"Lady Yuyuko started visiting the Saigyou Ayakashi. She would spend more and more time there, to the point where she would not leave it."
>"The tree... It... enveloped her..."
>You can see Youmu begin to tremble.
>_
-
>"What do you mean, 'enveloped her?'"
>Is Youmu's ghost half still with her?
>What do we think of Youmu's mental state and her potential to help us going forward?
Welp this turned out pretty badly. I don't really want to go to the Saigyou Ayakashi since it seems dangerous, but with our gap powers dead and not much else of note in Hakugyoukurou, it would seem the most logical step. Let's try and get more info from Youmu and then head there.
-
>"What do you mean, 'enveloped her?'"
>Is Youmu's ghost half still with her?
>What do we think of Youmu's mental state and her potential to help us going forward?
>"It... she... it took her inside. I don't know..."
>"It just kind of seemed to reach out to her, and she went with it..."
>Youmu's ghost half is floating around a corner of the room.
>What do you think of Youmu's mental state?
>_
-
>"Willingly went with it?"
-
>"Willingly went with it?"
>"She just kind of... I don't know..."
>Youmu cradles her head in her arms, as if trying to block something out.
>_
-
>Embrace her.
-
>"And how long ago was this?"
>If Yuyuko is really gone...
>"What happened after she... went inside?"
-
>Embrace her.
>You lean over to give Youmu another hug.
>She rests her head against you.
>"And how long ago was this?"
>If Yuyuko is really gone...
>"What happened after she... went inside?"
>"A few months after the world changed..."
>If Yuyuko is gone, what will you do?
>"I don't know. I'm a coward. I ran away."
>_
-
> "It's okay. We'll find a way to get to the root of everything that happened and fix it. Somehow."
> Rub her back a bit.
-
> "It's okay. We'll find a way to get to the root of everything that happened and fix it. Somehow."
> Rub her back a bit.
>You continue to console Youmu.
>"I'm sorry... For being so weak..."
>_
-
>"Don't be sorry; it's not your fault."
>Step back a bit.
>"With me here, do you feel up to taking a closer look at the Ayakashi? We won't go that close; and I understand if you don't want to do so."
>"But, I don't want to leave you alone like this; and I'm sure it would do you a favour if you stayed close to me."
-
>"Don't be sorry; it's not your fault."
>Step back a bit.
>"With me here, do you feel up to taking a closer look at the Ayakashi? We won't go that close; and I understand if you don't want to do so."
>"But, I don't want to leave you alone like this; and I'm sure it would do you a favour if you stayed close to me."
>"I should have done something..."
>You let go of Youmu to ask her how she feels about investigating the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>"I guess... I could..."
>_
-
>Now in this tree, you die horribly.
>"See? You're not a coward, you're very brave."
>Lightly pat Youmu on the head and give her a reassuring smile, then offer her a hand (to stand up).
>This really doesn't look so good, though.
>Does Youmu have her sword with her?
>If so:
>(in a gentle voice) "Then I think we should go there now. Unless you'd like to wait a bit longer...?"
>If she agrees to go: Slowly lead the way to the Saigyou Ayakashi, always staying close to Youmu.
>Stop a distance away and take a look.
>Any peculiar smell here?
-
>Now in this tree, you die horribly.
>"See? You're not a coward, you're very brave."
>Lightly pat Youmu on the head and give her a reassuring smile, then offer her a hand (to stand up).
>This really doesn't look so good, though.
>Does Youmu have her sword with her?
>If so:
>(in a gentle voice) "Then I think we should go there now. Unless you'd like to wait a bit longer...?"
>If she agrees to go: Slowly lead the way to the Saigyou Ayakashi, always staying close to Youmu.
>Stop a distance away and take a look.
>Any peculiar smell here?
>Before you know it, you've been cut into two hundred pieces.
>"I don't think so..."
>You get up first and offer your hand to Youmu, who takes it.
>Of course, the situation seems rather dire, but you're not going to let that show.
>Youmu does have her swords with her.
>"I'll be fine. I think..."
>You walk with Youmu through Hakugyokurou, back out into the garden. Youmu stays slightly behind you, and constantly checks behind her as the two of you walk onwards.
>Once you're somewhat close to the tree, you stop to observe it.
>The Saigyou Ayakashi looks like any other cherry tree, albeit larger than most. However, you can feel an evil aura emanating from it.
>The stench of death surrounds this place.
>_
-
>How is Youmu holding up?
>Can we feel the evil aura affecting us in any way?
>Any peculiar plants near the tree?
>Apart from being in full bloom, does the tree look any different from how we remember it?
>Are there any small stones, pieces of wood, or similar objects that we could throw, nearby (but not much closer to the tree)?
>If so, pick one of them up.
>Get just close enough (or back off a bit if we're more than close enough) to throw what we picked up at the stem of the tree, then throw it.
>Be ready to run away with Youmu quickly.
-
>How is Youmu holding up?
>Can we feel the evil aura affecting us in any way?
>Any peculiar plants near the tree?
>Apart from being in full bloom, does the tree look any different from how we remember it?
>Are there any small stones, pieces of wood or similar objects that we could throw nearby (but not much closer to the tree)?
>If so, pick one of them up.
>Get just close enough (or back off a bit if we're more than close enough) to throw what we picked up at the stem of the tree, then throw it.
>Be ready to run away with Youmu quickly.
>You take a quick look at Youmu, who looks absolutely terrified.
>The aura is not affecting you much. You feel slightly uncomfortable.
>There are no other plants near the tree.
>You think that some of the larger branches may have shifted a bit.
>You pick up a few stones from around the garden and prepare to throw them at the tree, before Youmu grabs your arm.
>"W-what are you doing?!"
>_
-
>How close are we to the tree?
>Stop. Don't resist her. Don't try to throw the stones or pull yourself away from her grip.
>Gently touch her hand with your other (free) hand and look her in the eyes. Try your best to look confident.
>"I think we need to find out what happened to that tree if we want to know what happened to Yuyuko."
>"And I think I'll have to get closer to it to find out. So I want to first test what happens if I do this."
-
>How close are we to the tree?
>Stop. Don't resist her. Don't try to throw the stones or pull yourself away from her grip.
>Gently touch her hand with your other (free) hand and look her in the eyes. Try your best to look confident.
>"I think we need to find out what happened to that tree if we want to know what happened to Yuyuko."
>"And I think I'll have to get closer to it to find out. So I want to first test what happens if I do this."
>You are about fifteen meters away.
>You lower your arm, allowing Youmu to stop you from throwing a stone at the tree.
>You place your other hand over hers and look at her in the eyes.
>"I don't think it's a good idea..."
>"If you need to do it though..."
>_
-
>Are we still completely unable to open any gaps?
>Well, opening a gap into the tree would probably be much more dangerous, anyway.
>"I think I have to; it's saver than just walking up to the tree, at least."
>If Youmu doesn't have any more objections / doesn't start to look much more terrified than she already is,
>take half a step away from her and throw the rocks at the tree's stem.
>Be ready to grab Youmu and run away with her.
-
>Are we still completely unable to open any gaps?
>Well, opening a gap into the tree would probably be much more dangerous, anyway.
>"I think I have to; it's saver than just walking up to the tree, at least."
>If Youmu doesn't have any more objections / doesn't start to look much more terrified than she already is,
>take half a step away from her and throw the rocks at the tree's stem.
>Be ready to grab Youmu and run away with her.
>You cannot.
>Who knows what kind of things are inside that tree?
>"If you say so..."
>You brace before you throw a stone at the tree, readying yourself to grab Youmu and start running should anything bad happen.
>As the stone flies towards the tree, you see the tree's branches twist and bend rather quickly.
>The tree bats the stone away from itself.
>_
-
>Oh shit.
>Are there any ghosts nearby? If so, do we know if we can directly interact with them - like grabbing them, for example?
>Is the tree doing anything else in the next few moments?
-
>Oh shit.
>Are there any ghosts nearby? If so, do we know if we can directly interact with them - like grabbing them, for example?
>Is the tree doing anything else in the next few moments?
>Did that tree just...?
>The ghosts seem to avoid the Saigyou Ayakashi. The only ghost near you right now is Youmu's ghost half.
>The tree appears to be idle.
>_
-
> "Well. Looks like it's alive."
> I didn't think I'd ever try talking with a tree, but...
> "...Anyone there?"
-
>Did the tree's movements have any visible impact on Youmu?
>"Yuyuko?"
-
> "Well. Looks like it's alive."
> I didn't think I'd ever try talking with a tree, but...
> "...Anyone there?"
>"..."
>This ranks amongst the stranger things that you've done.
>The tree does not respond.
>Did the tree's movements have any visible impact on Youmu?
>"Yuyuko?"
>As far as you can tell, Youmu was unaffected by the tree's movements. She still seems terrified of it, though.
>You think you might have seen one of the branches twitch.
-
>"Yuyuko, is that you? It's Yukari", a little louder than before.
>Watch for any changes in our mental status.
-
>"Yuyuko, is that you? It's Yukari", a little louder than before.
>Watch for any changes in our mental status.
>You continue to address the tree, and you could swear that it's moving slightly, almost as if it's listening to you.
>You can feel the evil aura growing slightly, though it doesn't seem to affect you much.
>_
-
>"Yuyuko, I'm here with Youmu. We're worried about you. How are you feeling, Yuyuko?"
>While saying this, slowly approach the tree. Watch for any quick movements or changes in the aura.
-
>"Yuyuko, I'm here with Youmu. We're worried about you. How are you feeling, Yuyuko?"
>While saying this, slowly approach the tree. Watch for any quick movements or changes in the aura.
>As you approach the tree, it turns, almost as if to face you. You can also feel the aura growing stronger.
>Youmu does not go any closer to the tree.
>_
-
Hm...
I can think of 3 ways to go about this.
a) destroy the tree; we'd probably need Youmu's help for this. I also think it would most likely irrevocably kill Yuyuko.
Not a good idea.
b) try and see if we can really talk to Yuyuko. Approach the tree, touch it, evoke memories of things Yuyuko used and liked to do.
If it works, it would probably be the best way to do it. Could also result in us getting killed or absorbed into the tree.
c) Get the tree to envelop Youmu and us, like it did with Yuyuko. If Yuyuko still has some awareness left after getting
absorbed by the tree, so might we. This has an at least equal chance of us just dying and possibly sending
the tree into overdrive, though, so... Also, I don't know if that's something Yukari would actually do.
d) See if we can find anything related to the tree in Hakugyokurou first.
I'll go with b) for now, unless someone has a better idea.
>Remember time we've spent with Yuyuko.
>"It's been a while, Yuyuko. I would really like to drink some tea with you again. What were you up to while I was away?"
>"Do you remember me, Yuyuko?"
>You'd better do.
>While saying these things, walk up to the tree. Watch for any sudden movements or any effect the aura might have on us.
>If we don't get attacked or start having trouble with the aura, reach out and lightly touch the tree with one finger.
>"Hey, Yuyuko." Remember how Yuyuko looked like while saying this.
-
Be careful about getting too close for now; we need to gauge whether the tree's response is favorable.
>What do we recall about Yuyuko's seal?
-
>Remember time we've spent with Yuyuko.
>"It's been a while, Yuyuko. I would really like to drink some tea with you again. What were you up to while I was away?"
>"Do you remember me, Yuyuko?"
>You'd better do.
>While saying these things, walk up to the tree. Watch for any sudden movements or any effect the aura might have on us.
>If we don't get attacked or start having trouble with the aura, reach out and lightly touch the tree with one finger.
>"Hey, Yuyuko." Remember how Yuyuko looked like while saying this.
>You recall the times you've spent together with Yuyuko as you approach the tree.
>The tree remains still as you approach, but you feel the evil aura growing stronger, almost as if it's trying to push you away.
>From behind, you can hear a soft whimpering noise.
>What do we recall about Yuyuko's seal?
>The seal had been put into place to prevent the Saigyou Ayakashi from consuming any more spirits, at the expense of Yuyuko's.
>_
-
I think we should get Youmu close to the tree, too. Not sure because of her ghost half, though.
Thoughts?
>How far away from the tree are we now?
>Look at Youmu. What is she doing?
-
>What did the Saigyou Ayakashi do before Yuyuko was used to seal it? How did the seal work, and is there a way to repair it?
-
>How far away from the tree are we now?
>Look at Youmu. What is she doing?
>You are about ten meters from the tree.
>You turn to take a look at Youmu.
>Youmu is standing there, away from the tree, shaking as she stares at the tree.
>She looks like she's struggling with something.
>What did the Saigyou Ayakashi do before Yuyuko was used to seal it? How did the seal work, and is there a way to repair it?
>The Saigyou Ayakashi would draw in spirits and souls before consuming them.
>The seal froze the Saigyou Ayakashi, ensuring that it would never move again.
>The method of repair would depend on how the seal was broken.
>_
-
Ok, I'm pretty certain we need to get Youmu away from that tree for now.
I have a feeling she's going to get eaten otherwise.
>"I'll come by again later, Yuyuko."
>Go to Youmu. Gauge tree's reaction while we walk away from it.
>Gently take Youmu's hand. "Youmu, I think we should go back for now."
>Lead her back to Hakugyokurou if she doesn't resist. If she tries to go towards the tree, stop her; forcefully, if necessary.
-
>Where's Youmu's ghost half?
-
>"I'll come by again later, Yuyuko."
>Go to Youmu. Gauge tree's reaction while we walk away from it.
>Gently take Youmu's hand. "Youmu, I think we should go back for now."
>Lead her back to Hakugyokurou if she doesn't resist. If she tries to go towards the tree, stop her; forcefully, if necessary.
>You bid farewell to the tree and begin to walk away. As you do so, you feel the aura weakening.
>You head to Youmu, who is breathing heavily and seems to be slowly regaining her composure.
>You gently take her hand, it's covered in sweat.
>"Ah... Yes..."
>You take Youmu and lead her back to Hakugyokurou.
>Where's Youmu's ghost half?
>It is floating around at a much further distance from the tree than Youmu herself.
>As you get further away from the tree, Youmu's ghost half begins to hover around Youmu.
>_
-
>Take Youmu inside and sit down with her. Give her a hug.
>"It's okay now, Youmu." Stay like this for a bit.
>Then say "I think it's best if you stay away from that tree for now."
>"Did you see Yuyuko do anything else of note in the time before she was enveloped by the Saigyou Ayakashi?"
-
>Take Youmu inside and sit down with her. Give her a hug.
>"It's okay now, Youmu." Stay like this for a bit.
>Then say "I think it's best if you stay away from that tree for now."
>"Did you see Yuyuko do anything else of note in the time before she was enveloped by the Saigyou Ayakashi?"
>You head inside Hakugyokurou with Youmu and give her a hug.
>Youmu shivers slightly.
>"Sorry..."
>Youmu shakes her head.
>"She spent all her time in her room or with the tree. I don't know what she was doing..."
>_
-
>"Don't be sorry. You were brave enough to come with me."
>"Could you please lead me to her room? I might be able to find some clues there."
>If she agrees, follow her to Yuyuko's room. On the way, be slightly wary of anything peculiar, but don't let it show.
-
>"Don't be sorry. You were brave enough to come with me."
>"Could you please lead me to her room? I might be able to find some clues there."
>If she agrees, follow her to Yuyuko's room. On the way, be slightly wary of anything peculiar, but don't let it show.
>"If you say so... I just..."
>"Okay."
>Youmu gets up and begins walking back towards Yuyuko's room. She still seems a bit cold, but appears to be almost back to normal.
>You follow Youmu through the building. Everything looks the same as the first time you went through here.
>Soon, both you and Youmu are standing outside Yuyuko's room.
>_
-
>How is Youmu handling being near Yuyuko's room?
>Assuming the door is closed, open it.
>Anything peculiar visible?
>If not, enter the room and take a look at everything.
>Any noticeable smell? Any different feel to the room than to the rest of Hakugyokurou, like the evil aura we felt from that tree?
-
>How is Youmu handling being near Yuyuko's room?
>Assuming the door is closed, open it.
>Anything peculiar visible?
>If not, enter the room and take a look at everything.
>Any noticeable smell? Any different feel to the room than to the rest of Hakugyokurou, like the evil aura we felt from that tree?
>Youmu seems to be fine, barring any aftereffects of being near the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>You open the door to Yuyuko's room.
>Inside, you see a bed, several urns and pots lying about the room, and scrolls hanging on the wall.
>_
-
>Are these the same scrolls that we've seen in her room previously? Assuming we've been in here, obviously.
>Did we have great fun in here with her, if you know what I mean
-
>Read the scrolls, assuming we don't already know what's written on them.
>Examine the urns and pots.
>Is there anything beneath the bed?
>Ask Youmu to sit on the bed, then proceed to attack her. It's the perfect opportunity!
-
>Are these the same scrolls that we've seen in her room previously? Assuming we've been in here, obviously.
>Did we have great fun in here with her, if you know what I mean
>There appears to be one new scroll hanging near Yuyuko's bed.
>The two of you spent many nights together. Most of the time you'd take the lead with ease but Yuyuko could be surprisingly aggressive at times. A night with Yuyuko would leave you fairly drained... Mahjong is such a fun game.
>Read the scrolls, assuming we don't already know what's written on them.
>Examine the urns and pots.
>Is there anything beneath the bed?
>Ask Youmu to sit on the bed, then proceed to attack her. It's the perfect opportunity!
>The scrolls you've seen before had pictures of the landscape or quotes.
>The new scroll has a simple haiku written on it.
>Judging by handwriting, the new scroll appears to have been written by Yuyuko herself.
>Exiled by the world
>They don't understand our pain
>Shall we become one
>Most of the urns and pots contain various scrolls or personal effects such as combs.
>You check underneath the bed, and see the outline of an ornamental knife.
>_
-
>Do we feel anything emanating from that knife?
>If we don't feel anything especially threatening from the knife, take it and examine it.
-
Mahjong
Well played.
>Lovely. It possessed her in her sleep, didn't it.
>How did Yuyuko die way back when?
-
>Do we feel anything emanating from that knife?
>If we don't feel anything especially threatening from the knife, take it and examine it.
>You do not.
>You take the knife from under the bed and examine it.
>The knife is around twenty centimeters long, and the hilt has a few precious stones embedded inside it.
>This knife is the one that was used in the original ceremony to seal the Saigyou Ayakashi, the only possession of Yuyuko's that she had whilst still alive.
>Lovely. It possessed her in her sleep, didn't it.
>How did Yuyuko die way back when?
>Is this all the tree's fault?
>Yuyuko was sacrificed to seal the tree. She was killed by the knife that you are now holding in your hands.
>_
-
>Is there any indication of it seeing more recent use?
>Does the knife have any specific significance for the maintenance or creation of the seal, or has this been kept more for 'sentimental' purposes?
>Shank a spirit and spitroast it. Mmm, tasty.
-
... Sacrifice Youmu? Alternative might be jamming the knife into the tree.
>Do we know how exactly the ritual was performed?
>Do we know if that knife has any special properties and why it was chosen for that ritual?
>Do we know why Yuyuko was chosen for the ritual?
-
>Is there any indication of it seeing more recent use?
>Does the knife have any specific significance for the maintenance or creation of the seal, or has this been kept more for 'sentimental' purposes?
>Shank a spirit and spitroast it. Mmm, tasty.
>There is not.
>Yuyuko keeps the knife as a memento of her previous life.
>You thrust the knife into a nearby ghost and roast it on a fire. These spirits are really tasty.
>Do we know how exactly the ritual was performed?
>Do we know if that knife has any special properties and why it was chosen for that ritual?
>Do we know why Yuyuko was chosen for the ritual?
>After the ceremony, Yuyuko was killed, and several priests used her soul to finish the seal that they had been creating around the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>The knife, supposedly, carries a similar power to Yuyuko and can invoke death from afar.
>Yuyuko was deemed to be the most suitable for the tree due to her heritage and association with death.
>_
-
wrong thread :V
-
>Do we know if Yuyuko herself wanted to be used for the ritual, or if she was forced to do it?
>Do we have the necessary knowledge to carry out such a ritual and create a new seal ourselves?
>Does the soul used in the ritual have to be freshly extracted from a body? Or would we be able to use one or more of the many ghosts floating around?
>Do we have any knowledge of other methods to create such a seal?
>Take the knife with you.
>"I think that's all for now. Let's go back."
>Go back with Youmu to the empty room near the entrance of Hakugyokurou.
>"Please wait here. I'll be back soon, ok?" Say it with a confident smile.
>Go back to the tree. Make sure Youmu is not following us (do this several times on the way).
>Once we're there, greet the tree. "Hey, Yuyuko. I'm back."
>Approach the tree. Stop if we feel anything new from the tree or the knife.
>Otherwise, stop about 10 meters away from the tree, like we did before. Anything different from before?
-
>Do we know if Yuyuko herself wanted to be used for the ritual, or if she was forced to do it?
>Do we have the necessary knowledge to carry out such a ritual and create a new seal ourselves?
>Does the soul used in the ritual have to be freshly extracted from a body? Or would we be able to use one or more of the many ghosts floating around?
>Do we have any knowledge of other methods to create such a seal?
>Take the knife with you.
>"I think that's all for now. Let's go back."
>Go back with Youmu to the empty room near the entrance of Hakugyokurou.
>"Please wait here. I'll be back soon, ok?" Say it with a confident smile.
>Go back to the tree. Make sure Youmu is not following us (do this several times on the way).
>Once we're there, greet the tree. "Hey, Yuyuko. I'm back."
>Approach the tree. Stop if we feel anything new from the tree or the knife.
>Otherwise, stop about 10 meters away from the tree, like we did before. Anything different from before?
>You believe that Yuyuko had come to accept her fate as inevitable, and made no effort to stop the procedure.
>You believe that you could.
>You could use one of the ghosts, should you be able to find a ghost that has enough strength to suppress the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>You do not.
>You continue to hold onto the knife as you leave the room and go back to Youmu.
>"Back...? We're going back there...? I don't think I could handle it..."
>You head back to the entrance of Hakugyokurou, where you tell Youmu to wait for your retrun.
>"Ah... Okay..."
>You leave Youmu, looking back to make sure she doesn't follow you. She seems to be annoyed with herself.
>You continue on to the tree again, greeting it as you get near.
>The tree stands still as you approach, but the aura is stronger than last time. You can feel something similar emanating from the knife.
>_
-
Seems we might have to use Youmu for this afterall. Not sure whether Yukari would prefer sacrificing herself over sacrificing Youmu.
Though I tend to think she'd rather sacrifice someone other than herself. Especially since the border problem is still not solved.
Thoughts?
>What happens to the ghost in the process? Can we assume that whomever we use for the ritual
>would still be around afterwards, like Yuyuko was?
>Can we tell whether a ghost is suitably strong for the ritual? Do we think Youmu would suffice?
>Would we be strong enough to suffice? And would we be able to perform the ritual on ourselves?
>Could using many weaker ghosts in place of a strong one also work?
>How long does the ritual take to perform and would we be able to perform it without any bystanders noticing
>before we get to the sacrificing part?
-
>What happens to the ghost in the process? Can we assume that whomever we use for the ritual
>would still be around afterwards, like Yuyuko was?
>Can we tell whether a ghost is suitably strong for the ritual? Do we think Youmu would suffice?
>Would we be strong enough to suffice? And would we be able to perform the ritual on ourselves?
>Could using many weaker ghosts in place of a strong one also work?
>How long does the ritual take to perform and would we be able to perform it without any bystanders noticing
>before we get to the sacrificing part?
>You assume that, were you to use a ghost, they would disappear.
>Yuyuko's former self was bound to the tree, the Yuyuko you were friendly with had no recollections of her living self. She did not even realize that she was the one that had been sealed within the tree.
>Youmu would probably be strong enough for the ritual.
>You are strong enough, but you doubt you could complete the ritual whilst dead.
>No.
>If you skipped the formalities, it would take around twenty minutes at most. Were you to perform the full ritual, you could be there for a few hours.
>There shouldn't be any bystanders around to notice you, as the ghosts avoid this area.
>_
-
>Do we know if Youmu knows the specifics of the ritual and it's effects on the one sacrificed?
>If we were to use her for it, do we think she would be able to tell before we actually sacrificed her?
>Do we know anyone else that is or might be in Hakugyokurou that we could use for the ritual?
>Do we think Alice might be suitable for it? Or anyone else we know in Gensokyo, for that matter.
>Do we know of any ways out of Hakugyokurou to anywhere else (not necessarily the outside world of Gensokyo),
>apart from the portal near Mayohiga?
>"I'll see you later, Yuyuko."
>Go back to Hakugyokurou. Don't go inside yet. Do we still feel anything from the knife?
-
... Until I am ABSOLUTELY convinced that there is nothing else we can do, I am not going to sit here and watch anyone be sacrificed for this; especially Youmu, given the state she's currently in.
>Don't turn away just yet; the aura maybe strong, but let's at least test something first.
>"Yuyuko... if you can hear me, please make it known to me. Any sort of movement would do."
[Depending on results here, I may have something... but this is a sort of gambit in and of itself.]
-
>Do we know if Youmu knows the specifics of the ritual and it's effects on the one sacrificed?
>If we were to use her for it, do we think she would be able to tell before we actually sacrificed her?
>Do we know anyone else that is or might be in Hakugyokurou that we could use for the ritual?
>Do we think Alice might be suitable for it? Or anyone else we know in Gensokyo, for that matter.
>Do we know of any ways out of Hakugyokurou to anywhere else (not necessarily the outside world of Gensokyo),
>apart from the portal near Mayohiga?
>"I'll see you later, Yuyuko."
>Go back to Hakugyokurou. Don't go inside yet. Do we still feel anything from the knife?
>Youmu should not know of the specifics.
>If you were to skip the formalities of the ritual, you could simply bring her close to the tree before sacrificing her.
>Unless there is a particularly powerful ghost roaming around, you don't think that there is anyone else that you could use.
>Any of the more powerful beings in Gensokyo should be suitable for the ceremony.
>The portal near Mayohiga is the only way in or out of Hakugyokurou.
>Don't turn away just yet; the aura maybe strong, but let's at least test something first.
>"Yuyuko... if you can hear me, please make it known to me. Any sort of movement would do."
>You decide not to leave yet.
>You address the tree once more, and one of the branches turns to point at you.
>You also feel the evil aura from the tree growing.
>_
-
I'm gettting the feeling there's a time limit to this; i.e. if we don't deal with the tree fast enough, we'll get consumed by it.
I think jamming the knife into the tree would either kill it or give it even more power; though considering the aura
has grown stronger since we brought the knife near it, I'm guessing it's the latter.
I'd rather not sacrifice Youmu, either, though more because if we do manage to get Yuyuko out of the tree somehow,
she'll have our head if she finds out we killed Youmu. Apart from that, Youmu would be the ideal candidate.
We could probably easily coax her into coming with us if we told her we found a way to save Yuyuko; and play
on her feelings of guilt for leaving Yuyuko behind when she got absorbed by the tree. No need to tell her it involves her dying.
Choosing someone Yukari has less of a personal connection (even if it's just because of Yuyuko) to would be much better, though.
The problem is how we could get them here. I wish we had rescued Alice and taken her with us.
>How big is the area we're in here? I.e., how far away can we get from the tree without gapping?
We might be able to open a gap if we get away far enough. If we do this, we should definitely take Youmu with us.
Who knows what the tree does while we're away.
?: If that doesn't work, I guess it's "search a ghost" time.
-
>How big is the area we're in here? I.e., how far away can we get from the tree without gapping?
>Hakugyokurou is massive, you can travel for hundreds of miles without reaching the end.
>_
-
...
>Take steps back; we don't want to take any damage from this.
>Move quickly, but not like we're running away; don't take your eyes of it either.
>That knife is not helping us at all.
>Try to smile.
>"My, you really have changed, Yuyuko. I'm not here to harm you, so please ease up a little."
>"I'd never harm a friend, after all."
>If that aura continues growing stronger, keep up that back-peddling.
-
Perfect.
Ok... Tamashii, do your thing. If it ends up failing, we'll most likely still be able to at least safe Youmu.
Though if we do try walking far away from the tree, I think we should first see what happens if we get the knife away from it
and come back without it; i.e. if the evil aura is still growing without the knife near it. And we should make absolutely sure never to leave Youmu
alone with the knife.
-
Yeah, the knife should have been left alone; a mistake, really, to even consider taking it with us.
Though I wonder if the aura knows we have more then one weapon; something else to consider there.
-
>Take steps back; we don't want to take any damage from this.
>Move quickly, but not like we're running away; don't take your eyes of it either.
>That knife is not helping us at all.
>Try to smile.
>"My, you really have changed, Yuyuko. I'm not here to harm you, so please ease up a little."
>"I'd never harm a friend, after all."
>If that aura continues growing stronger, keep up that back-peddling.
>You take a few steps back, continuing to watch the tree as you do so.
>The tree seems to have something against the knife in your hands.
>You put on a smile as you talk to the tree again.
>The aura stays at around the same strength. The tree moves a bit so that most of its branches are facing in your direction.
>_
-
Huh. That's much better than I had expected.
We might be able to remind Yuyuko that she sacrificed herself to seal this tree. That's part of the reason she kept the knife
in the first place.
-
>How far away from the Ayakashi are we?
>What's behind us, if anything; how much space is behind us?
-
>How far away from the Ayakashi are we?
>What's behind us, if anything; how much space is behind us?
>Roughly fifteen meters.
>There are some decaying flowers and a few small rocks. Further off, you can see the outline of Hakugyokurou.
>_
-
... I've just remembered something. BAG! We have a bloody bag!
>Place the knife in the bag.
>Take the bag off.
>Throw the bag as far AWAY from the Ayakashi as possible.
>"I apologize for bringing that with me... I had a feeling you'd remember it."
[Possibility of Youmu knowing it's in there, let alone coming outside, is low. If the attention is still there, or the aura is still increasing, then the bag goes inside. After that, I'm going to start running out of options quick.]
-
>Place the knife in the bag.
>Take the bag off.
>Throw the bag as far AWAY from the Ayakashi as possible.
>"I apologize for bringing that with me... I had a feeling you'd remember it."
>You place the knife in the bag before taking it off and throwing it away from the tree.
>As the knife flies away from the tree, you can feel the aura letting up a bit.
>The tree's branches slowly go back to their original positions.
>_
-
>Sigh; some relief at last.
>"Now then, where should we start, hmm? How about waving your branches if you at least understand what I'm saying?"
-
>Sigh; some relief at last.
>"Now then, where should we start, hmm? How about waving your branches if you at least understand what I'm saying?"
>You breathe out. Finally, a break.
>A few of the tree's branches move.
>_
-
>"Good. Then perhaps we should use this method to get some questions answered then. Moving your branches to answer 'yes' and 'no' would suffice..."
>"Unless you can find a way to talk to me; even in my head if you really wish~"
>Keep that smile; this is the friend we care about a lot!
>"Did you... or should I say, are you a part of the Ayakashi now, Yuyuko?"
-
>"Good. Then perhaps we should use this method to get some questions answered then. Moving your branches to answer 'yes' and 'no' would suffice..."
>"Unless you can find a way to talk to me; even in my head if you really wish~"
>Keep that smile; this is the friend we care about a lot!
>"Did you... or should I say, are you a part of the Ayakashi now, Yuyuko?"
>You continue to smile as you address the tree in a friendly tone. Yuyuko is a close friend of yours, after all.
>You see the tree stay still for a while, as if it were thinking about your question, before it you hear the sound of wood twisting and turning, grating on itself.
>The evil aura comes back, rushing past you with much more intensity than before.
>Still, you brace yourself and you stand there to see a large hole in the tree's trunk begin to appear.
>Once the hole becomes large enough to fit a person through, the aura subsides and the tree stops moving once more.
>From the hole, Yuyuko's form floats out, supported by vines.
>Her entire body is wrapped in these vines, and you think that you can see some of them entering Yuyuko.
>Once Yuyuko is about a meter from the tree, she stops and opens her eyes.
>"Does this answer your question, Yukari?"
>_
-
Important: Don't talk about the tree manipulating her or anything to that effect for now, given what we read on that scroll in her room.
Don't mention getting her out of it for now, either. Both of these could easily lead her to stop listening to us for good.
I'm thinking about going near her and giving her a long hug. We might get sucked into the tree if we do that, though; and we
should definitely ask before coming closer.
>"Yuyuko!" (in a relieved and happy voice)
>She's really still 'alive'!
>"Yes, it does. I'm so glad you're still there. How have you been? I was so worried about you."
-
>"Yuyuko!" (in a relieved and happy voice)
>She's really still 'alive'!
>"Yes, it does. I'm so glad you're still there. How have you been? I was so worried about you."
>"Hello, Yukari. It's been a while."
>You thank god that Yuyuko is still alive, in a sense.
>"There is no need to worry about me, I have been fine."
>_
-
I think we should soon either go for a hug, bring Youmu over or do both.
Both have a chance of heavily backfiring on us, though.
I wonder whether we should mention the state of the border and that we've been trapped inside it for a while.
Hm... should we ask her whether she feels any connection to her old self, now that she's fused with the tree?
>"I'm really glad to hear that. It seems a lot has happened in Gensokyo these past two years. I'm so relieved I can talk to you now."
>"By the way, how did this happen?" (in a curious voice; don't let any shock we may feel at the sight show)
>Do we have any mental problems caused by the aura?
-
>"I'm really glad to hear that. It seems a lot has happened in Gensokyo these past two years. I'm so relieved I can talk to you now."
>"By the way, how did this happen?" (in a curious voice; don't let any shock we may feel at the sight show)
>Do we have any mental problems caused by the aura?
>"Has it been that long already?"
>Yuyuko frowns. "Why do you want to know?"
>You are largely unaffected by the aura. For you, it's simply a thing that's there.
>_
-
>"Yes, it has."
>"I'm your friend, I'm interested in what you do and why you do it. It's only natural."
>"I'm sorry I never visited you these past two years. I was trapped inside Gensokyo's border."
>Do we know how dependant Hakugyokurou is on the existence of Gensokyo's border?
>If we're not rather sure it would survive the destruction of the border, say (in a worried voice):
>"I think there's still something wrong with the border. If it gets worse, I don't know what might happen
>to you or the Saigyou Ayakashi."
-
>"Yes, it has."
>"I'm your friend, I'm interested in what you do and why you do it. It's only natural."
>"I'm sorry I never visited you these past two years. I was trapped inside Gensokyo's border."
>Do we know how dependant Hakugyokurou is on the existence of Gensokyo's border?
>If we're not rather sure it would survive the destruction of the border, say (in a worried voice):
>"I think there's still something wrong with the border. If it gets worse, I don't know what might happen
>to you or the Saigyou Ayakashi."
>"Do you mind telling me how Youmu is? I have not seen her for a while."
>"I guess so."
>"The Saigyou Ayakashi and I, we have become one. Isn't that right?"
>A few branches move down next to Yuyuko, who reaches out to and touches them. As Yuyuko moves, you can see the vines shifting to accommodate for her.
>"Trapped?"
>The entirety of Gensokyo relies on the border to maintain its existence.
>"There's a problem that you can't fix?"
>_
-
Well, I guess honesty it is...
>"Oh, Youmu and I have been here earlier; we tried to talk to you then."
>"Youmu is missing you very much and... well, she's terrified and blaming herself for what happened to you."
>"She thinks she's somehow responsible for you fusing with the Saigyou Ayakashi."
>"And she's very afraid of it."
>"Yes. The border started to crack two years ago and I went into it to halt the destruction."
>"Since then, I had been trapped inside until today. I was completely unable to open any gaps to get out of it."
>"It seems while I was gone the fairies have disappeared and the Moriya shrine is now gone. I've heard Reimu is trying to take
>care of the border, but apparently she can't restore it to it's former state. I still have
>no idea what caused this and how I could fix it. That's part of the reason I came here, actually."
Cut out a part asking her if she could temporarily get out of the tree to talk to Youmu since Youmu can't
handle coming near the tree again. Let's see how Yuyuko reacts to this here first.
-
>"Oh, Youmu and I have been here earlier; we tried to talk to you then."
>"Youmu is missing you very much and... well, she's terrified and blaming herself for what happened to you."
>"She thinks she's somehow responsible for you fusing with the Saigyou Ayakashi."
>"And she's very afraid of it."
>"Yes. The border started to crack two years ago and I went into it to halt the destruction."
>"Since then, I had been trapped inside until today. I was completely unable to open any gaps to get out of it."
>"It seems while I was gone the fairies have disappeared and the Moriya shrine is now gone. I've heard Reimu is trying to take
>care of the border, but apparently she can't restore it to it's former state. I still have
>no idea what caused this and how I could fix it. That's part of the reason I came here, actually."
>"Oh? Were you?"
>"What does she have to blame herself for?"
>"She is... afraid of me?"
>"I suppose that is why this place changed, too?"
>"How did you manage to get out?"
>"Oh, is there anything that I can do to help?"
>_
-
I can see Yukari being ruthless enough to consider using someone - even Youmu with no alternative - as a sacrifice to reseal the tree, but it sure as fuck wouldn't be the first option considered.
Jumping to conclusions is bad m'kay
>What problems did the Saigyou Ayakashi cause that led to the need to seal it?
>"I am not entirely certain why Youmu was initially frightened, though she certainly seems to be ashamed at staying away from you for so long."
>Though most likely it's due to being absorbed by the tree like this... or at least, not understanding it. Never seemed to be mentioned to her...
>"As for what can be done to help, at the moment I am most interested in finding out more about what happened in Gensokyo and, given how unpleasant things seem to have become in my absence, perhaps bringing my friends together to make sure we have the strength to get things back to normal."
>Glance up at the sky. "Though, things seem to have changed a bit in Hakugyokurou as well... what's been happening here while I was trapped in the border?"
-
I think we know full well what Youmu is afraid of. The tree eats ghosts and she is one half ghost, so...
I assume the evil aura affects ghosts much more than us.
Well, we can't say that to Yuyuko directly. Not right away, at least. She seems rather fond of the tree.
>"Yes, we were. You kind of reacted when I talked to you back then, but... Don't you remember?"
>"Youmu told me that when she saw you being enveloped by the Saigyou Ayakashi, she ran away.
>Because of this, she thinks of herself as a coward now, though I told her otherwise."
>"I'm not certain what exactly made Hakugyokurou change like this."
>Considering the aura we're feeling from that tree, it's more likely because of the tree rather than the border...
>"I... don't really know myself. Today was the first time in two years I was able to open a gap and I used that
>to get out of the border. But I still don't know what changed to give me that ability back."
-
Don't say that line about the corrupted Hakugyokurou being the tree's fault. We don't want to make the tree angry. -_-'
E: My bad.
-
Notice the lack of "" for that line. :V
-
>What problems did the Saigyou Ayakashi cause that led to the need to seal it?
>"I am not entirely certain why Youmu was initially frightened, though she certainly seems to be ashamed at staying away from you for so long."
>Though most likely it's due to being absorbed by the tree like this... or at least, not understanding it. Never seemed to be mentioned to her...
>"As for what can be done to help, at the moment I am most interested in finding out more about what happened in Gensokyo and, given how unpleasant things seem to have become in my absence, perhaps bringing my friends together to make sure we have the strength to get things back to normal."
>Glance up at the sky. "Though, things seem to have changed a bit in Hakugyokurou as well... what's been happening here while I was trapped in the border?"
>The Saigyou Ayakashi had begun to draw in anyone that approached it in order to consume their spirits.
>"There is nothing to be afraid of, though. Could you tell her that for me?"
>Anyone would be surprised, at the very least, at the sight of... that.
>"Well, if there's anything I can do, feel free to ask.
>You take another look at the sky as you ask Yuyuko about what has happened in Hakugyokurou.
>Yuyuko tilts her head to take a look at the sky as well.
>"Aside from the obvious changes, I don't think that much has happened."
>"The Saigyou Ayakashi has finally bloomed though."
>Yuyuko floats further away from the tree before turning around to look at the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>"Isn't it beautiful?"
>"Yes, we were. You kind of reacted when I talked to you back then, but... Don't you remember?"
>"Youmu told me that when she saw you being enveloped by the Saigyou Ayakashi, she ran away.
>Because of this, she thinks of herself as a coward now, though I told her otherwise."
>"I'm not certain what exactly made Hakugyokurou change like this."
>Considering the aura we're feeling from that tree, it's more likely because of the tree rather than the border...
>"I... don't really know myself. Today was the first time in two years I was able to open a gap and I used that
>to get out of the border. But I still don't know what changed to give me that ability back."
>Yuyuko goes back to her original position when you begin talking to her again.
>"Really? I must have been asleep."
>"She's always been too harsh on herself."
>"Do you have any leads?"
>You get the feeling that the tree is to blame for Hakugyokurou's state.
>"That's rather strange."
>_
-
Ahhh, idea: We just need to get Yuyuko to move away from the tree. Say, to where we're standing right now.
Youmu should be able to get that close to it. And then she just cuts the veins that bind Yuyuko to the tree,
we grab her and make a run for it. That just might work.
>Do we know if we can grab or otherwise restrain Yuyuko, assuming we get close enough and leaving
>aside whatever the tree might be capable of? Do we know if Youmu could do that?
-
>Do we know if we can grab or otherwise restrain Yuyuko, assuming we get close enough and leaving
>aside whatever the tree might be capable of? Do we know if Youmu could do that?
>Can you? You do have some physical strength, as you're a youkai.
>Youmu has more strength than you, and is faster. Would she be up to the task?
>_
-
>That was meant as "are we physically able to grab her, or could she just slip through our fingers, since she's a ghost?"
-
>That was meant as "are we physically able to grab her, or could she just slip through our fingers, since she's a ghost?"
>You should be able to touch her.
>_
-
It's tree slashing time!
>"I don't have any leads regarding the border yet, sadly. If I manage to find some, I'll come to you again."
>"Yes, the Saigyou Ayakashi really looks beatiful. It's great that at least this tree has managed to withstand
>whatever has happened to Hakugyokurou. I'm happy for you, Yuyuko."
>That's kind of backwards, but we can tell her that later.
>"Yes, Youmu really isn't taking this well. I can try telling her it's ok, but I doubt I'll be able to make her understand."
(don't do the stuff below for now)
>"I... well, I don't think I would be able to convince Youmu that everything's alright, but..."
>"Honestly, I think what she really needs is a good hug from you. How far away from the stem can you move?
>Do you think you would be able to come to where I'm standing right now? I think I could convince
>Youmu to at least come this far again. Then you two could clear up this terrible misunderstanding." (give her a hopeful smile)
>If she agrees: "Then I'll go get Youmu right now. I'll be back soon, Yuyuko." Then go back to Hakugyokurou and find Youmu.
-
>Wait, let's not jump on that yet. There's still a few good questions to ask.
>"Pardon my ignorance, but it's been rather a while, Yuyuko. What obvious differences, the color of the sky here? What else has changed, and do you know why it all happened?"
>What is Hakugyokurou normally like? What usually happens there, and how does it compare to the way things seem to be now?
It would still be good to hear about whether she can get back to Gensokyo and how long it's been since she could, and how she started meeting with/talking with the tree (understanding its sway over her and mentally freeing her from whatever spell it might have her under would be about as effective, and maybe safer for Yuyuko's well-being).
-
I really don't think probing deeper into her connection with the tree is a good idea as long as she's directly connected to it.
Not only do we not know how great the tree's influence over her is, we don't know how it would react if she tried to
break free from it. She's a ghost and that tree normally eats ghosts. Let's postpone the "what happen" questions.
There's a good chance she'll get wary of us if we ask too much about how she fused with the tree.
But yeah:
>Ask about the changes in Hakugyokurou, then talk about Youmu.
-
Asking if she could show us around Hakugyokurou for a while would be a good way to experiment with how controlling the tree is without being too suspicious about it.
And really, we have every reason to be curious about Yuyuko's new lover! What sort of friend would we be if we didn't want to ask about how the two lovebirds got together~
It's all a matter of subtlety.
-
Well, we already asked about how she got fused with the tree and her reaction was rather obvious.
And I'm pretty certain she won't be able to / want to move all that far away from the tree, but I guess we can ask.
Then we'll postpone the Youmu stuff until we see how she reacts to this.
-
>"I don't have any leads regarding the border yet, sadly. If I manage to find some, I'll come to you again."
>"Yes, the Saigyou Ayakashi really looks beatiful. It's great that at least this tree has managed to withstand
>whatever has happened to Hakugyokurou. I'm happy for you, Yuyuko."
>That's kind of backwards, but we can tell her that later.
>"Yes, Youmu really isn't taking this well. I can try telling her it's ok, but I doubt I'll be able to make her understand."
>"I wish I could do something to help, but borders are your specialty, not mine."
>"Thank you."
>You keep other comments to yourself, for now.
>"Hmm..."
>Yuyuko places her hand on her head as she tilts her head.
>"Perhaps if I were to talk to her?"
>Wait, let's not jump on that yet. There's still a few good questions to ask.
>"Pardon my ignorance, but it's been rather a while, Yuyuko. What obvious differences, the color of the sky here? What else has changed, and do you know why it all happened?"
>What is Hakugyokurou normally like? What usually happens there, and how does it compare to the way things seem to be now?
>You still have some things to figure out, here.
>"The sky, the gardens, the ghosts. They all seem to have changed."
>"As for why, I don't know."
>Hakugyokurou is a rather peaceful place, the final resting place for many. Not much happens in Hakugyokurou, Youmu could be seen tending to the gardens most of the time.
>It seems like a rather drastic change from its current state.
>_
-
>"I'll try to find out what happened to Hakugyokurou. If it's related to the border, maybe I can fix it."
>It's probably not, but hopefully I can still fix it.
>"That would be the ideal solution, yes. I think what Youmu really needs right now is a good hug from you." (give her a hopeful smile here)
>"Do you think you could come with me to Youmu? That would make it so much easier for her."
>And me.
>Have we seen anything like a rope since we came to Hakugyokurou? Something we could use to tie Yuyuko in place once we get her away from the tree?
>Inventory
-
>"I'll try to find out what happened to Hakugyokurou. If it's related to the border, maybe I can fix it."
>It's probably not, but hopefully I can still fix it.
>"That would be the ideal solution, yes. I think what Youmu really needs right now is a good hug from you." (give her a hopeful smile here)
>"Do you think you could come with me to Youmu? That would make it so much easier for her."
>And me.
>Have we seen anything like a rope since we came to Hakugyokurou? Something we could use to tie Yuyuko in place once we get her away from the tree?
>Inventory
>"Good luck, I hope that you can find the answers quickly."
>You need to do something about the border sometime or another.
>"... Has she been completely alone without me?"
>Yuyuko shakes her head.
>"I cannot leave the Saigyou Ayakashi. Could you bring Youmu here?"
>You have not, though there probably is something you could use inside Hakugyokurou.
>You currently have the dress you're wearing and a small paper fan.
>_
-
>"Yes, I'm afraid she has been all alone since you united with the Saigyou Ayakashi. She'll be so glad to see you again."
>"I see. How far can you move around? I think it would be easier for her if she didn't have to get too close
>to the Saigyou Ayakashi right away. Would you be able to move to about where I'm standing right now?"
>"Either way, I'm sure she'll come if she hears she can see you again."
>If Yuyuko doesn't bring up anything else beside the answer to how far she can move:
>"Ok, then I'll go get Youmu now. I'll be back soon, Yuyuko."
>Go back to Youmu.
-
>"Yes, I'm afraid she has been all alone since you united with the Saigyou Ayakashi. She'll be so glad to see you again."
>"I see. How far can you move around? I think it would be easier for her if she didn't have to get too close
>to the Saigyou Ayakashi right away. Would you be able to move to about where I'm standing right now?"
>"Either way, I'm sure she'll come if she hears she can see you again."
>If Yuyuko doesn't bring up anything else beside the answer to how far she can move:
>"Ok, then I'll go get Youmu now. I'll be back soon, Yuyuko."
>Go back to Youmu.
>"I see..."
>"Not very. It's rather taxing on both myself and the tree to move around too much."
>"I wonder how long it's been since I last saw Youmu..."
>You tell Yuyuko that you're going to get Youmu.
>"How long will you be gone for?"
>_
-
>"Not very long. I shall go for Youmu and return. I believe that she would very much like to see you."
>Pick up our bag on our way back.
>Go back to Youmu.
>Leave the knife back at Hakugyokurou. Note that it might be useful to take with us after we're done and we leave Hakugyokurou.
>How confident are we that we could defend Youmu from Yuyuko if things go badly?
>Gapcheck. Still busted?
-
>"Not very long. I shall go for Youmu and return. I believe that she would very much like to see you."
>Pick up our bag on our way back.
>Go back to Youmu.
>Leave the knife back at Hakugyokurou. Note that it might be useful to take with us after we're done and we leave Hakugyokurou.
>How confident are we that we could defend Youmu from Yuyuko if things go badly?
>Gapcheck. Still busted?
>"I suppose I shall wait for you, then."
>You leave Yuyuko and start heading back to Hakugyokurou, picking up your bag along the way.
>Youmu greets you as you return to Hakugyokurou. You take the knife out of your bag and place it in the main room.
>"Welcome back, did things go okay? Did you find anything...?"
>How confident are you that you could defend Youmu from Yuyuko if things were to go badly?
>You are still unable to open a gap within this area.
>_
-
>"I did indeed. In fact... You may want to see this for yourself..."
>Leave our bag behind and motion for Youmu to follow us.
>"Trust me, Youmu."
-
>"I did indeed. In fact... You may want to see this for yourself..."
>Leave our bag behind and motion for Youmu to follow us.
>"Trust me, Youmu."
>"Really?"
>You place your bag near the entrance to Hakugyokurou and motion for Youmu to follow you.
>"Okay..."
>Youmu begins to follow you, looking slightly worried.
>_
-
>"Yuyuko seems to be alright, though her situation is... unusual."
>"Do let us know if anything makes you uncomfortable... especially if there have been dangers in Hakugyokurou recently."
>Lead the way, assuming Youmu doesn't protest too much.
-
>"Yuyuko seems to be alright, though her situation is... unusual."
>"Do let us know if anything makes you uncomfortable... especially if there have been dangers in Hakugyokurou recently."
>Lead the way, assuming Youmu doesn't protest too much.
>"You saw her? Isn't she inside the tree?"
>"Are we going back to that tree...?"
>_
-
>Nod. "Yes... to both. She was... rather covered with vines from the tree when she came out to speak with me, but she seems unhurt."
>Mentally, on the other hand...
>"You seem rather frightened of the Saigyou Ayakashi. Should we discuss that before seeing Yuyuko?"
-
>Nod. "Yes... to both. She was... rather covered with vines from the tree when she came out to speak with me, but she seems unhurt."
>Mentally, on the other hand...
>"You seem rather frightened of the Saigyou Ayakashi. Should we discuss that before seeing Yuyuko?"
>"Lady Yuyuko was... Is she really fine?"
>You do worry about what the Saigyou Ayakashi may be doing to Yuyuko's mind.
>"It's... Going near it is just... Can't you feel it?"
>_
-
>Nod.
>"Indeed I did. In fact, it rushed past me at one point. But it seemed calm after I spoke to Yuyuko."
>Place a hand on her shoulder.
>"We'll be okay. Now come on; you don't want to keep her waiting, do you?"
-
>Nod.
>"Indeed I did. In fact, it rushed past me at one point. But it seemed calm after I spoke to Yuyuko."
>Place a hand on her shoulder.
>"We'll be okay. Now come on; you don't want to keep her waiting, do you?"
>"But you seem to be able to handle it..."
>"If you're sure..."
>_
-
Guys... you don't think we should maybe discuss Plan B first, incase Yuyuko doesn't just leave the tree behind upon
seeing Youmu? Also, bad idea letting that knife lie around the main room. If we manage to take Yuyuko with us,
we'll have to put that knife somewhere else before we take her into that room. Who knows what she might
do with it.
>Wait, there's still something we need to talk to her about before facing Yuyuko.
>"Listen carefully, Youmu. Yuyuko is connected to the Saigyou Ayakashi through vines it has stuck into her.
>If we cannot convince her to come with us, we will need to cut those vines. Hopefully, that will also destroy the Saigyou Ayakashi's control over her.
>We'll have to try to get her away from the tree as far as we can; which
>is probably a few meters. If I give you a sign or just shout something like "do it now!", then draw
>your sword and cut those vines as fast as you can. Then grab Yuyuyko and run for it. If she struggles, force her.
>Do you think you can do that? "
>"Also, don't try too much to talk her into coming with us or to blame the tree for anything. It seems she
>cares for that tree very much, probably because it's controlling her.
>If she ever starts to get too wary of us or tries to return into the tree, don't wait for my signal. Just cut the vines and take her."
-
Actually, I'm not sure Yukari would necessarily consider this inherently bad. Skeptical as all hell? Wanting to get the full story? Definitely. But this IS Yukari we're talking about. If that tree isn't the one responsible for this and it would make a good ally for getting Gensokyo under control again...
>"Although... I suppose there is a slim chance that this situation is benign... so let's at least play nice until the situation proves itself. But I believe both of us are rather skeptical, yes?"
-
I don't think we have much of a Plan B. Our powers are still hindered just by being in Hakugyokurou. Yuyuko/the tree had a bad reaction when we had the knife with us. Our "revolver" is probably going to be useless here. I feel like our best course of action will be to go as far as we can with Youmu here and try to recover Yuyuko from the Saigyouji Ayakashi.
>Hide the knife in one of the side rooms.
>Prepare to take Youmu back to the Saigyouji Ayakashi.
-
>Hide the knife in one of the side rooms.
>You decide to place the bag a bit further into Hakugyokurou, inside the room to the left.
>Wait, there's still something we need to talk to her about before facing Yuyuko.
>"Listen carefully, Youmu. Yuyuko is connected to the Saigyou Ayakashi through vines it has stuck into her.
>If we cannot convince her to come with us, we will need to cut those vines. Hopefully, that will also destroy the Saigyou Ayakashi's control over her.
>We'll have to try to get her away from the tree as far as we can; which
>is probably a few meters. If I give you a sign or just shout something like "do it now!", then draw
>your sword and cut those vines as fast as you can. Then grab Yuyuyko and run for it. If she struggles, force her.
>Do you think you can do that? "
>"Also, don't try too much to talk her into coming with us or to blame the tree for anything. It seems she
>cares for that tree very much, probably because it's controlling her.
>If she ever starts to get too wary of us or tries to return into the tree, don't wait for my signal. Just cut the vines and take her."
>Before you go, there's still a few things you need to get sorted.
>Youmu nods as you give her instructions on what to do.
>"If the tree starts affecting me again... what do I do then?"
>"I'll try my best..."
>"Although... I suppose there is a slim chance that this situation is benign... so let's at least play nice until the situation proves itself. But I believe both of us are rather skeptical, yes?"
>"We can still hope, right?"
>Prepare to take Youmu back to the Saigyouji Ayakashi.
>You tell Youmu to ready herself to see the Saigyouji Ayakashi again.
>Youmu nods in response.
>_
-
>"If you feel you'll soon be unable to handle being near the tree, or the tree tries to do anything to us or Yuyuko, just go ahead and cut Yuyuko loose.
>I don't know if we would get a second chance to free her, so if we haven't found
>out by then whether she's done this because she really wanted to, just forget about that. No need to give me a signal, I'll just react once you do it."
>It's rather unlikely the tree didn't somehow make her do this, anyway. Better not to bet too much on that chance.
>Give her the best reassuring smile we can muster. "Don't worry, we'll get Yuyuko back, I'm sure of it.
>Oh and, once we've got her back, don't let her get near that knife. Now let's go."
>Go with Youmu to the Saigyou Ayakashi. Be prepared to tackle any veins that might try to attack Youmu.
-
>"If you feel you'll soon be unable to handle being near the tree, or the tree tries to do anything to us or Yuyuko, just go ahead and cut Yuyuko loose.
>I don't know if we would get a second chance to free her, so if we haven't found
>out by then whether she's done this because she really wanted to, just forget about that. No need to give me a signal, I'll just react once you do it."
>It's rather unlikely the tree didn't somehow make her do this, anyway. Better not to bet too much on that chance.
>Give her the best reassuring smile we can muster. "Don't worry, we'll get Yuyuko back, I'm sure of it.
>Oh and, once we've got her back, don't let her get near that knife. Now let's go."
>Go with Youmu to the Saigyou Ayakashi. Be prepared to tackle any veins that might try to attack Youmu.
>"Okay..."
>You wonder how willing Yuyuko was to join the Saigyou Ayakashi in the first place.
>"I just wish everything would go back to normal..."
>Youmu nods again.
>The two of you head out of Hakugyokurou and start heading towards the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>Soon, you can see the outline of the Saigyou Ayakashi, including Yuyuko's silhouette. She appears to be tending to the tree's branches.
>Before you get any closer, Youmu makes stops you.
>"It... I can hear it again... Just like before... It's calling out to me..."
>_
-
>"Oh? And here I just felt a strange sense of death..."
>"What's it saying?"
-
>"Oh? And here I just felt a strange sense of death..."
>"What's it saying?"
>"It keeps telling me to come closer, to join it..."
>"The closer I get to it, the harder it is to resist..."
>_
-
OK, if this isn't a sign telling you "DON'T DO THIS", I don't know what is. If Yuyuko really is under the tree's spell, this is the exact reason she wants to see Youmu in the first place.
Also, none of you seemed to mention what we do AFTER we free Yuyuko, assuming we go with that plan and it succeeds. We'll just have an enraged tree on our hands, with no immediate way of calming it. Hell, I'm predicting Youmu or someone else (aka, Youmu, pretty much) would have to sacrifice herself.
Basically, both of these scenarios will likely end really badly, so unless we have a very good plan, put them on hold. As for the plan, well, I'm not feeling very creative today.
-
Ok, I guess that means friendly talk is out. I say we walk up to Yuyuko looking as normal as possible, then immediately cut her loose and take her away.
We can think about what we do afterwards once we have Yuyuko freed. If just cutting her loose at least partially frees her from the tree's control,
she might have an idea on what to do. If it doesn't, well, at least whatever we do to the tree won't have much of a chance of killing Yuyuko along with it,
like it would now.
And yes, it's quite possible Yuyuko wants to "unite" with Youmu. Which works to our advantage. She'll want to let her get close.
We'll just have to be faster than her.
I'm also guessing that the tree is somewhat dependant on it's direct connection to Yuyuko. It might get weaker or stop blooming altogether once they're
separated. And, well, our options thus far were "get Yuyuko out of the tree, or sacrifice someone to seal it (preferably not Youmu), possibly sealing
Yuyuko along with tree". If we give up on getting Yuyuko out, we're left with sacrificing someone. We don't know if getting far away from the
tree will let us gap again and if it doesn't, we'd have to sacrifice Youmu. Seeing as we might not get a second chance to free Yuyuko if
we make her wary of us, I think we should definitely go ahead with the plan.
-
>"Hmmm. And I assume it seems rather... sinister about it, as well?"
>"How much of a problem do you think it will be for you?"
>From what we know of Yuyuko, would she be relatively easy prey for something like this?
>Did we see the Saigyou Ayakashi in the time shortly before the Border broke? Was anything odd about it mentioned during that timeframe?
Guys, I'm willing to bet there's a more intelligent solution if we actually look for it. :V Making small talk with Yuyuko and the tree might turn up something useful, rather than immediately trying to cut and run. <_< I was hesitant to mention Yukari's gap powers being weakened (especially here for whatever reason) while there since the tree would hear that as well (and may start to refuse to cooperate/let us see Yuyuko/whatever if it's only doing so due to intimidation at the moment), but that would probably give Yuyuko incentive to try and help us find a way to leave, at least. Assuming she has any way to prove capable of that...
Our main goal here is to access a way back out and get allies for restoring Gensokyo. Youmu might be acceptable, if freeing Yuyuko is beyond our ability right now, so our #1 priority is finding a way to be able to leave Hakugyokurou again. There's a lot of risks to trying forcible removal, and it would be good to have better candidates to help with the task, or to look elsewhere for possible methods to take care of it. Let's explore our other options first, even if it means sweet-talking the 'enemy.'
Basically my hopes for the moment are to play arbiter for Youmu and Yuyuko's differing opinions/fears of the tree and try to expose its manipulations: Talking to Yuyuko to help her realize how the tree's treating her/behaving would help her realize and be willing to try and break out (possibly), and Youmu wanting to see her without the tree would be a good way to get it alone for whatever else can be done with it.
... in which case:
>Presumably the Saigyou Ayakashi wasn't flammable?
-
>"Hmmm. And I assume it seems rather... sinister about it, as well?"
>"How much of a problem do you think it will be for you?"
>From what we know of Yuyuko, would she be relatively easy prey for something like this?
>Did we see the Saigyou Ayakashi in the time shortly before the Border broke? Was anything odd about it mentioned during that timeframe?
>Presumably the Saigyou Ayakashi wasn't flammable?
>"Yes..."
>"Um... I think it would depend on how bad it gets. Right now, I'm fine. Before though..."
>"As long as I don't stay close to it for too long, I think I should be fine..."
>Yuyuko had a much stronger will than her behavior might have suggested. You assume that she wouldn't be easy prey, at the least.
>You did not.
>You have not heard any rumors about the Saigyou Ayakashi since the border broke.
>The tree is flammable, but the effectiveness of burning the tree is questionable.
>_
-
So far, we told Youmu to cut down the vines when she feels it has to be done. This can really easily backfire. I am especially worried of this because cutting down the vines isn't a reliable strategy. We don't know if it will free Yuyuko and/or weaken the tree, but we do know that things won't look pretty once we do that. Basically, we shouldn't go back and converse with Yuyuko until we have this plan sorted out.
I'm pretty sure we can simply go back to where we came from and exit Hakugyokurou from there. At least, one of the posts earlier seemed to imply that we can do that. So, we won't need Yuyuko's help with that, nor can she actually help us with borders in the first place. We can exit Hakugyokurou (probably with Yuomu too) whenever we like, so unless we want to do something about Yuyuko, we can just leave.
If not, though, yes, we need a thought-out plan. Sweet-talking will do nothing because it won't give us any extra knowledge about Gensokyo and the border it seems. It's either "stop the tree" or "leave".
-
>Presumably we have no convenient way to create fire on-hand, magical or otherwise?
>How good are we with a sword?
>"Hmm. Perhaps I should speak with Yuyuko about that myself, first."
>"I expect Yuyuko would like to give you a hug... do you think that would be dangerous, with that voice so close?"
My question is whether Yuyuko is being actively manipulated and how. It's entirely possible that the tree basically sweet-talked her, or took advantage of any bitterness she might have started to harbor. (Remember that haiku? Actually, we should have that available as evidence, especially if Yuyuko doesn't realize she wrote it...) If it's more mental than magical in nature, then it might be possible to make her realize it if we play things very, very carefully. Omba, please don't dive in too fast in that case. :[
>Would that suspicious haiku scroll from Yuyuko's room fit into our bag without getting too damaged?
NOT EDIT: Sweet-talking the tree does give us more information about how we might be able to free Yuyuko, and even if we can leave offhand, giving her the chance to bid Youmu farewell before leaving and looking into what can be done when we come back for Yuyuko might be a good idea. And/or ask about taking her along, of course. :V
-
I'm pretty sure we can simply go back to where we came from and exit Hakugyokurou from there. At least, one of the posts earlier seemed to imply that we can do that. So, we won't need Yuyuko's help with that, nor can she actually help us with borders in the first place. We can exit Hakugyokurou (probably with Yuomu too) whenever we like, so unless we want to do something about Yuyuko, we can just leave.
What? No, we can't. Unless I totally overlooked something, the original portal to Hakugyokurou is -broken-. Which is why we had to gap inside in the first place.
Which means unless we find a way around this, we're stuck here!
>Do we know of any way out of Hakugyokurou that would currently be available?
About the scroll, that's an interesting idea. But: What do we do if she reacts badly to it? If she goes back into the tree and doesn't come out anymore, we'll have blown our
chance of getting her away from it. Which could easily mean we'd have to seal the tree while she's inside it. I'd rather ask her about it after we have taken her away.
And about diving in too fast. Well, of course I won't. We've always got time to discuss our next steps, whatever comes up.
-
>Presumably we have no convenient way to create fire on-hand, magical or otherwise?
>How good are we with a sword?
>"Hmm. Perhaps I should speak with Yuyuko about that myself, first."
>"I expect Yuyuko would like to give you a hug... do you think that would be dangerous, with that voice so close?"
>Would that suspicious haiku scroll from Yuyuko's room fit into our bag without getting too damaged?
>You do not.
>You have a reasonable level of proficiency with most basic weapons.
>"If you think that's best..."
>"How close would we be...?"
>You would need to fold the scroll if you wanted to fit it inside your bag.
>Do we know of any way out of Hakugyokurou that would currently be available?
>You do not.
>_
-
>How much would folding the scroll damage it?
>How far was Yuyuko from the tree when we spoke with her? Let Youmu know.
-
>How much would folding the scroll damage it?
>How far was Yuyuko from the tree when we spoke with her? Let Youmu know.
>As the scroll is still relatively new, it should still be fully intact if you were to fold it.
>You saw the vines extend, at most, five meters.
>Judging by the silhouette you can see right now, you'd say that the vines have extended to around ten meters.
>"I don't think I could really last long enough at that distance..."
>_
-
I guess we have two options here. Risk it and talk to her alone first to see if she knows a way out of here (which I doubt). If we do this, she might get wary of us since we didn't bring Youmu as promised.
Or approach her together with Youmu, but don't go for a hug right away. If Yuyuko is now 10 meters away from the tree and we spoke to her while we were
15 meters away, that would give us a distance of 25 meters for talking.
>Assuming the silhouette means that Yuyuko is now roughly 10 meters away from the tree:
>Ask Youmu if she could handle it better if she were (Yuyuko's new distance + our previous talking distance) away from the tree.
Another thing: We've seen that the tree has the ability to suddenly make it's aura stronger and extend it farther. And the aura already got stronger when Yuyuko got out of the tree.
When Youmu was there previously, the aura was weaker. So I guess we have a problem here.
-
>Assuming the silhouette means that Yuyuko is now roughly 10 meters away from the tree:
>Ask Youmu if she could handle it better if she were (Yuyuko's new distance + our previous talking distance) away from the tree.
>"Um... Hopefully... I think I might be able to..."
>_
-
Nice.
Well, I'm all for leaving that scroll where it is and going with talking / if that fails, force.
What do you guys want to do?
-
Maybe we could leave Youmu where she is and get closer ourselves? Possibly play intermediator? If we can see Yuyuko from where we are, she should be able to see Youmu from where she is.
-
Definitely play mediator for now. I don't think Yuyuko knows how uncomfortable Youmu is with her new tree friend, and finding out about and reporting that would be quite understandable. Again, we need to see how she's being manipulated in order to estimate how to cure her.
I suspect that bringing Youmu over for muscle would be suicidal for her if that aura is controllable. Once burst and odds are fair she'd either give up or even turn on us. Get info and chat - if things seem unsurmountable, work towards taking a break with Youmu, then return with her swords and engage in violence ourselves.
And I don't think offering to hold Youmu back in case she starts doing something stupid would work, either; that would be VERY suspicious to Yuyuko and the tree. We have time; let's do this right, not hasty.
>"Have there been times when that voice seemed... stronger than usual?"
-
>"Have there been times when that voice seemed... stronger than usual?"
>"When you went out by yourself just then, I felt it while I waiting for you..."
>"I've never felt it from Hakugyokurou before though, and it went away quickly..."
>_
-
>Well, the dagger didn't help in that department... understandably. Angering it may be dangerous for Youmu...
>"I assume you didn't discuss this with Yuyuko before she was joined with the tree?"
-
>Maybe we could just ask Yuyuko if she can seperate herself from the tree to accompany us and rejoin it later. She doesn't have to know that we wouldn't let her go back to it.
>Based on our previous relationship with Yuyuko, do we think we could tell such a lie in a way so that Yuyuko would believe it? Or do we think she'd see through it no matter how we told it?
-
>Well, the dagger didn't help in that department... understandably. Angering it may be dangerous for Youmu...
>"I assume you didn't discuss this with Yuyuko before she was joined with the tree?"
>You wonder why the knife causes the tree to react in that way. Regardless, you worry about what might happen to Youmu if the tree were to release another wave like the one before.
>"Well... I tried..."
>"She would be spending most of her time with the tree, and something about her seemed strange... I couldn't really approach her..."
>Maybe we could just ask Yuyuko if she can seperate herself from the tree to accompany us and rejoin it later. She doesn't have to know that we wouldn't let her go back to it.
>Based on our previous relationship with Yuyuko, do we think we could tell such a lie in a way so that Yuyuko would believe it? Or do we think she'd see through it no matter how we told it?
>Could you?
>Can you tell such a lie? The two of you have known each other for a rather long time, you would have to put on a very convincing act.
>_
-
>"Strange? Angry, perhaps?"
>Well, we could certainly ask without mentioning the tree or returning to it at all. Whether we plot to destroy it in her absence and how much we persuade her to leave it voluntarily, however...
-
>"Strange? Angry, perhaps?"
>Well, we could certainly ask without mentioning the tree or returning to it at all. Whether we plot to destroy it in her absence and how much we persuade her to leave it voluntarily, however...
>"Whenever she wasn't with the tree, she seemed different... Almost as if she were a different person altogether..."
>"She talked about "escaping"... I couldn't really talk to her..."
>There's no harm in asking, right?
>_
-
>If she was upset over not being able to leave the Netherworld and the tree took advantage of that...
>Would we be able to tell if she were blaming us for being unable to leave?
>"Escaping what, exactly?"
-
>If she was upset over not being able to leave the Netherworld and the tree took advantage of that...
>Would we be able to tell if she were blaming us for being unable to leave?
>"Escaping what, exactly?"
>You wonder if the tree took advantage of Yuyuko somehow. If it could do something like that, is it really the cause of Hakugyokurou's current state?
>You haven't seen Yuyuko get angry for a long time, would you be able to tell?
>"I'm not sure..."
>_
-
Don't tell me I'm the only one that can emulate ruthless Yukari...
>"Did this all begin shortly after the Netherworld got sealed off from Gensokyo?"
-
>"Did this all begin shortly after the Netherworld got sealed off from Gensokyo?"
>"Yeah..."
>_
-
Ok, so are we going back to the tree for a chat?
Leaving this open for discussion, of course.
-
Damnit I left this hanging too long.
>"Mmm, I see. I think for now I should tell Yuyuko a little about this on my own. It would be easier to talk with her if the tree let her talk with you elsewhere, wouldn't it?"
>Does Youmu have her swords with her?
-
>"Mmm, I see. I think for now I should tell Yuyuko a little about this on my own. It would be easier to talk with her if the tree let her talk with you elsewhere, wouldn't it?"
>Does Youmu have her swords with her?
>"If that's what you think is best..."
>"Yeah... I think it would be a lot easier without the tree being there..."
>She does.
>_
-
>Nod and head back over to Yuyuko. Give the tree itself a politely curious look along the way.
-
>Nod and head back over to Yuyuko. Give the tree itself a politely curious look along the way.
>You nod to Youmu. "Okay... I'll wait here then..."
>You head off towards the Saigyou Ayakashi once more, taking another look at the tree as you get closer.
>It looks like most other cherry trees, except far larger in scale. It also currently has a rather large hole in its trunk, from which several vines connected to Yuyuko are coming out.
>Yuyuko gives you a puzzled look as you return.
>"Oh? I thought you said that you'd be bringing Youmu."
>_
-
>"That was my intention... but it seems the poor girl is too scared of the tree."
>Can we feel anything coming from the Ayakashi?
>Hmm, there's a thought.
>"Perhaps if you shouted for her yourself, she may come. After all, she has been worried sick about you."
-
>"That was my intention... but it seems the poor girl is too scared of the tree."
>Can we feel anything coming from the Ayakashi?
>Hmm, there's a thought.
>"Perhaps if you shouted for her yourself, she may come. After all, she has been worried sick about you."
>"Afraid?"
>You can feel the aura emanating from the tree, it doesn't seem too strong right now.
>"I have been calling for her, though. She never came."
>_
-
>"Hmm... I must ask, how much control do you have over the Ayakashi? It feels dormant, at least for now."
>Look over our shoulders.
>"It's just... Youmu seems to think something bad might happen to her if she comes near here."
-
>"Hmm... I must ask, how much control do you have over the Ayakashi? It feels dormant, at least for now."
>Look over our shoulders.
>"It's just... Youmu seems to think something bad might happen to her if she comes near here."
>"What kind of question is that, Yukari?"
>You look back, and Yuyuko casts her gaze into the distance behind you as well.
>"But the only one here is myself, what would happen?"
>_
-
>"Now should I know that? I'm pretty sure I'm no mind-reader."
>"But, above all else, the safety of you, my good friend, and your gardener are quite a priority. I re-call the Ayakashi reacting to me quite badly when I brought a weapon near. Perhaps I should ask Youmu to leave her swords behind before she approached you; she is in quite a state, you know."
-
>"Now should I know that? I'm pretty sure I'm no mind-reader."
>"But, above all else, the safety of you, my good friend, and your gardener are quite a priority. I re-call the Ayakashi reacting to me quite badly when I brought a weapon near. Perhaps I should ask Youmu to leave her swords behind before she approached you; she is in quite a state, you know."
>"I suppose."
>"If you think that that would bring her here. I do miss her very much."
>_
-
>"Then, I'm afraid, I'll need to ask you to wait for me again. I do apologize, Yuyuko; I shall return soon."
>Go to turn away, but glance back to Yuyuko.
>"Could you make sure the Ayakashi doesn't do anything... strange when we return? We don't want to frighten the poor girl any more."
>Head back and find Youmu.
-
>"Then, I'm afraid, I'll need to ask you to wait for me again. I do apologize, Yuyuko; I shall return soon."
>Go to turn away, but glance back to Yuyuko.
>"Could you make sure the Ayakashi doesn't do anything... strange when we return? We don't want to frighten the poor girl any more."
>Head back and find Youmu.
>"I can wait a bit more to see Youmu again. Of course, that isn't to say that I don't enjoy your company either."
>You take another look at Yuyuko before you leave. She takes a seat in mid air, supported by the vines.
>"I'm rather curious about what it is that you think that I'm doing. Regardless, I will not be doing anything strange."
>"I'll be waiting for your return, then."
>You leave Yuyuko and the tree behind and head back to where you left Youmu.
>You find Youmu watching her surroundings before she notices you.
>"... Did everything go well?"
>_
-
>Smile and nod.
>"Indeed. The Ayakashi doesn't seem to feel as sinister as it was earlier."
>"Yuyuko, more then anything, wants to see you again. But if we are to go, I must ask you to leave your weapons behind."
>"Before you start, it reacted to me earlier when I had a dagger in hand. I'm fairly certain it will do the same if you bring those with you."
-
>Smile and nod.
>"Indeed. The Ayakashi doesn't seem to feel as sinister as it was earlier."
>"Yuyuko, more then anything, wants to see you again. But if we are to go, I must ask you to leave your weapons behind."
>"Before you start, it reacted to me earlier when I had a dagger in hand. I'm fairly certain it will do the same if you bring those with you."
>You smile and nod at Youmu.
>"So... what happened?"
>"Really?"
>"Ah, should I leave them here... Or...?"
>"Was that when I felt it from Hakugyokurou?"
>_
-
>Nod again.
>"That's correct. Leaving them here would be fine; it's not like anyone else is around to take them."
>"I understand you may still be scared, but I'll be with you; and Yuyuko will be there waiting for you too."
>"When you're ready, just say the word; we'll head out together."
>Wait for her.
-
I'm fairly certain it's not the weapon that bugged the tree, but rather the specific dagger that had been used to seal it.
I very much doubt this is going to end well. W/e, do what you think is going to work.
-
Yukari is known for not telling the truth all the time.
Plus, we've left this alone long enough. If we don't do something, we'll probably continue going back and forth. And I, for one, would like to move on with this.
It may end badly... But we aren't going to find out by just sitting here and thinking about it.
-
>Nod again.
>"That's correct. Leaving them here would be fine; it's not like anyone else is around to take them."
>"I understand you may still be scared, but I'll be with you; and Yuyuko will be there waiting for you too."
>"When you're ready, just say the word; we'll head out together."
>Wait for her.
>You nod again in response to Youmu.
>"I see..."
>Youmu slowly removes her swords and places them on the ground beside her.
>"Just... Give me a moment to prepare..."
>You wait as Youmu closes her eyes and meditates.
>After a few minutes Youmu opens her eyes.
>"Okay... I think I'm ready."
>_
-
If all else fails, we probably have a gap ready to retrieve weapons if need be; I do think of these things, you know. ^^
No, we don't. We don't! That's, like, the main reason we're doing this first.
?: Don't remove things I quote. :V
Seriously, I don't think leaving the weapons behind will help us. If anything, it's going to hurt us. Unless you think Youmu might turn against us.
-
>Walk next to her and smile.
>"Then let us head out then."
>Let her walk forward first, before quickly picking up her Roukan blade; just the one sword.
>Follow her; try and make sure she doesn't spot we picked it up.
[More to your taste, Omba? This way, we have at least one sword we can hand to Youmu. And yes, I did think that too.]
-
I didn't think of that solution and yes, it is. It's pretty much perfect.
-
> Watch Youmu for any peculiar reactions as we approach the tree.
-
>Walk next to her and smile.
>"Then let us head out then."
>Let her walk forward first, before quickly picking up her Roukan blade; just the one sword.
>Follow her; try and make sure she doesn't spot we picked it up.
[More to your taste, Omba? This way, we have at least one sword we can hand to Youmu. And yes, I did think that too.]
>You give Youmu a reassuring smile.
>"Okay..."
>Youmu begins to walk forward.
>Before you follow her, you quickly pick up the Roukanken and hold it behind you, hiding it from Youmu's view as best you can.
>The two of you make your way to the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>"Yeah... It's definitely not as strong as it was before..."
>You eventually reach the tree, where Yuyuko is still sitting on the vines.
>As Yuyuko sees Youmu, you see a smile on her face.
>"Youmu, it's been so long! How have you been?"
> Watch Youmu for any peculiar reactions as we approach the tree.
>Youmu seems to be slightly discomfortable, but as far as you can see it isn't as bad as it was the first time.
>Youmu looks somewhat shocked.
>"L-lady Yuyuko? Is that really you?"
>_
-
>Be wary of death hugs.
This is a completely serious note. If Youmu starts losing it while Yuyuko is hugging her, she won't be letting go. She's one with the tree. :(
-
That has been noted~ <3
>Keep close to Youmu; we need to be able to hold her back if something does happen.
-
>Be wary of death hugs.
>You make sure to be careful of hugs or other ways that Yuyuko could grab you or Youmu.
>Keep close to Youmu; we need to be able to hold her back if something does happen.
>You make sure to stay close to Youmu, just in case something happens.
>"Youmu, it's been so long. How have you been?"
>"Lady Yuyuko... What... What happened to you?"
>"That's neither here nor there. How have you been, Youmu?"
>Youmu seems uncertain on how to respond.
>_
-
> Softly put a hand on Youmu's shoulder.
> "Just be honest with her", in the most reassuring voice we can muster.
-
> Softly put a hand on Youmu's shoulder.
> "Just be honest with her", in the most reassuring voice we can muster.
>You place a hand on Youmu's should and tell her that she should simply be honest.
>Youmu nods at you and you can see her bracing herself for something.
>"I haven't been well, not at all."
>"I can't take this world! Everything is wrong, things shouldn't be like this! Where did everyone go? What happened to the garden? What happened to the sky?"
>"... And what happened to you?"
>Yuyuko looks rather taken aback as Youmu begins to shout. You're rather surprised yourself.
>"Lady Yuyuko, why did you abandon me for that tree?"
>"But I didn't-"
>"Yes you did! You left me alone in this world so that you could be with that tree!"
>"Why? This world might have been bearable if you hadn't left me. Why? Do I not mean anything to you, lady Yuyuko?"
>"Am I not good enough for you? Is there something that that tree can do that I can't?"
>"Youmu..."
>"Tell me, Yuyuko! Why did you leave me?"
>Yuyuko looks towards you, she seems to be asking for your help.
>_
-
>Squeeze Youmu's shoulder; not too rough, but enough to get her attention at least.
>In a calm voice...
>"Youmu... Ease up a little. She can't explain anything if you don't let her speak."
>Nod to Yuyuko once she has calmed a little.
-
>Squeeze Youmu's shoulder; not too rough, but enough to get her attention at least.
>In a calm voice...
>"Youmu... Ease up a little. She can't explain anything if you don't let her speak."
>Nod to Yuyuko once she has calmed a little.
>You grab Youmu's attention and try to stop her before she goes any further with her words.
>"Ah..."
>Youmu takes a moment to take a deep breath, and you nod to Yuyuko.
>"But Youmu, I have been here the entire time."
>"I called for you, and you never came."
>"Aren't you the one that has forsaken me?"
>As Yuyuko speaks, you can feel Youmu shaking with your hand on her shoulder. Her hands are clenched into fists.
>_
-
>This could get bad...
>We must not let Youmu lash out.
>"Yuyuko... Perhaps it would be best to explain 'everything' to her..."
>Glance at Youmu.
>"We don't want anything else to happen here now; right?"
-
>This could get bad...
>We must not let Youmu lash out.
>"Yuyuko... Perhaps it would be best to explain 'everything' to her..."
>Glance at Youmu.
>"We don't want anything else to happen here now; right?"
>You decide that the best course of action would be to try to defuse the situation right now.
>"I never abandoned you, Youmu. I've been here this entire time. You knew where I was, yet never came."
>"I don't know what happened to Hakugyokurou. Yukari tells me that she's working on fixing it."
>You take a quick look at Youmu, who clicks her tongue. She looks like she has several things on her mind right now.
>_
-
>"I think I told you before, Yuyuko, that Youmu was..."
>Pause and sigh a little.
>"Oh what am I saying? I'm sure Youmu can say it herself."
-
>"I think I told you before, Yuyuko, that Youmu was..."
>Pause and sigh a little.
>"Oh what am I saying? I'm sure Youmu can say it herself."
>"She's here right now. Nothing has happened. What stopped her from coming earlier?"
>You sigh and let Youmu speak again.
>Youmu pushes past you to get closer to Yuyuko as she starts to yell again.
>"What do you mean, I was the one that abandoned you?"
>"What would you know when you've just kept yourself locked up here?"
>"Do I even mean anything to you anymore?"
>Yuyuko, again, seems unsure of how to deal with Youmu in her current state.
>"Of course you do, Youm-"
>"Do you care about anything that happens, as long as you can be with that goddamn tree?"
>"I wanted to see you."
>"I wondered about you. What had happened to you. Whether or not I could ever see you again."
>"But it looks like you didn't care at all!"
>"Then, you know what? I don't care either."
>"You can stay here with the tree for as long as you want."
>"I'm going to find a way out of here, with or without you, no matter what it takes."
>Youmu turns to leave and you see Yuyuko reach out after her.
>"Wait! Youmu!"
>Yuyuko flies foward, arm outstretched towards Youmu. You can see a few vines detach themselves from Yuyuko as she chases after Youmu.
>"Wai-"
>Suddenly, Yuyuko goes limp. More vines extend from the opening in the tree and start going towards Yuyuko.
>Youmu turns when Yuyuko stops mid-sentence to see the vines reaching towards Yuyuko.
>"Lady Yuyuko!"
>_
-
>Assessment, and a very quick one at that!
>How good are we with a sword?
>Does Youmu look like she's in the right frame of mind to wield a sword?
>How many vines, roughly, are attached, and could we slice all off them in a single slash?
Okay, time to think carefully here. Cutting whatever vines are still attached to Yuyuko is an option; followed by running the f*** away, with Youmu repelling the vines if we hand her the sword.
We could also run now and leave Yuyuko behind to stay with the tree; but we may send Youmu into deep pit of despair because she'll think it's her fault once we get away.
Discuss~ I won't be back for another 4 - 5 hours.
-
Apparently, we've been given a chance to free her. Of course we're going to take it. Youmu seems pissed, but I think she'd still use the sword well. The problem is... I think she's too far away at this point. Actually...
>How far away is Youmu from us?
We definitely want to cut down those vines. The question is, what do we do after that? We have a monster tree that's going to go berserk, and something tells me leaving Youmu behind to repel it is a terrible idea.
-
Afterwards is simple: we get the hell away from the tree.
>We can't form a gap out of Hakugyokuro for whatever reason, but could we form a gap to another location within Hakugyokuro?
If we can do that, getting away is simple. If we can't, we'll just have to run for it.
Also, do remember that Youmu can move fast (200 Yojana in One Slash, anyone?). She could presumably get in, get Yuyuko, and get out really damn quickly.
-
I was implying that we might want to 'save Hakugyokuro' too. I guess this isn't a priority for Yukari, but for Youmu(/Yuyuko?) it is.
-
>Assessment, and a very quick one at that!
>How good are we with a sword?
>Does Youmu look like she's in the right frame of mind to wield a sword?
>How many vines, roughly, are attached, and could we slice all off them in a single slash?
>You quickly take in the situation around you.
>You are roughly ten meters from the tree. Yuyuko is roughly eight meters from the tree, but the vines are beginning to pull her back towards the tree, as well as there being more vines extending from the tree towards Yuyuko. Youmu is about twelve meters from the tree.
>You are skilled with most common weapons, including swords.
>Youmu looks somewhat panicked. You think that she should still be able to wield a sword properly though.
>There are still numerous vines attached to Yuyuko. Whether or not you could cut through them all depends on how tough they are. If they were normal vines, you could cut through them with ease.
>How far away is Youmu from us?
>Youmu is roughly two meters further from the tree than you.
>We can't form a gap out of Hakugyokuro for whatever reason, but could we form a gap to another location within Hakugyokuro?
>You cannot.
>_
-
Okay, GymO has reminded me that Youmu, can indeed, strike very quickly; despite her being a little further away then us.
I've got the idea to call out Youmu, throw the sword to her, and tell her to cut the vines. The second she does, we need to be ready to...
A) Catch Yuyuko
then
B) Get moving asap.
Whether or not people think Youmu will react quick enough or not is for you guys to decide. We could cut it instead, but I have a feeling Youmu is key for this.
So, yes or no?
-
She'll definitely be doing a better job at it than us...
Also, we can fire danmaku. Don't know what the effect will be, but it's an option.
Yes, this is fine.
-
>"Youmu!"
>Throw the sword to Youmu.
>"Cut the vines! Cut her free now!"
>Be ready to catch Yuyuko the second she's free from the vines; then get to running once we have her.
>Prepare some danmaku if the vines come for us.
-
>"Youmu!"
>Throw the sword to Youmu.
>"Cut the vines! Cut her free now!"
>Be ready to catch Yuyuko the second she's free from the vines; then get to running once we have her.
>Prepare some danmaku if the vines come for us.
>Youmu quickly turns towards you.
>"What?"
>You toss the Roukanken towards her, much to her surprise. Youmu fumbles slightly, but manages to grab the sword as you shout for her to sever Yuyuko from the tree.
>When you look at Youmu again, holding the sword, she looks calm and composed.
>Youmu then proceeds to disappear, reappearing in an instant beside Yuyuko, sheathing her blade. When did she draw it, anyway?
>Once the sword's hilt touches the sheath, the vines all begin to fall apart and Yuyuko begins to fall to the ground.
>You catch the falling Yuyuko, and the vines immediately begin to shoot towards Youmu and yourself.
>Youmu leaps back instinctively.
>_
-
>Back-track! Get away from that tree and back-track AS IF YOUR LIFE DEPENDED ON IT!
>Danmaku. Now! In any which way possible as long as it keeps those vines away from us and Youmu.
>"With me, Youmu! Don't let your guard down!"
>Move, shoot, move, shoot!
-
>Back-track! Get away from that tree and back-track AS IF YOUR LIFE DEPENDED ON IT!
>Danmaku. Now! In any which way possible as long as it keeps those vines away from us and Youmu.
>"With me, Youmu! Don't let your guard down!"
>Move, shoot, move, shoot!
>You need to get as much distance between yourself and the tree as fast as you can, you run away from the tree as fast as you can whilst carrying Yuyuko.
>You shift Yuyuko around so that you can carry her with one arm over your shoulder and fire off a wall of danmaku with your free hand.
>The vines are slowed slightly the danmaku, and you repeat the process of firing off danmaku whilst running several times.
>After about you fire off two rounds of danmaku, it seems that you've managed to get far enough away that the tree's vines have stopped chasing you.
>You catch up to Youmu, who came to a stop after the vines had stopped chasing the two of you, when another surge of the tree's aura passes by the two of you.
>Youmu clutches her head and falters slightly.
>_
-
>Carry her in one arm and Yuyuko in the other, and keep moving.
-
>Carry her in one arm and Yuyuko in the other, and keep moving.
>You hurry over to Youmu's side and offer her some support, which she takes.
>The three of you head back to Hakugyokurou.
>Once inside, Youmu enters the room to the left and takes a seat, still holding her head with one of her arms.
>_
-
>Follow her in there and put Yuyuko in a seat.
>"Are you okay, Youmu?"
-
>Follow her in there and put Yuyuko in a seat.
>"Are you okay, Youmu?"
>You find another seat for Yuyuko, before you address Youmu.
>"Yeah... I just... Haven't heard anything like that before..."
>Youmu takes a look at Yuyuko.
>"What really did happen to her...?"
>_
-
>"I don't know."
>"Yuyuko, how are you doing?"
>How does Yuyuko look?
-
>If she doesn't respond, hand on forehead.
-
>"I don't know."
>"Yuyuko, how are you doing?"
>How does Yuyuko look?
>"... Lady Yuyuko..."
>You leave Youmu for the time being and go back to Yuyuko.
>You try talking to her, there is no response.
>Yuyuko looks fine, though she is still wrapped in vines.
>If she doesn't respond, hand on forehead.
>You place your hand on her forehead. The temperature seems to be normal.
>_
-
>Get those vines off of her. If we can't pull them off, then go retrieve that dagger and try cutting them with it.
-
> Wait, don't get the dagger for now. We don't know how Yuyuko might react, given that she's just been cut free from that tree.
-
>Get those vines off of her. If we can't pull them off, then go retrieve that dagger and try cutting them with it.
>You try pulling off the vines from Yuyuko. You can unwrap the vines that have tangled themselves around her, but can't actually remove them from where they've rooted themselves into Yuyuko.
> Wait, don't get the dagger for now. We don't know how Yuyuko might react, given that she's just been cut free from that tree.
>You decide against trying out the dagger for now.
>_
-
>"Youmu... what did you hear in that last wave?"
-
Is it possible to cut the vines close to where they are rooted without harming her?
-
>"Youmu... what did you hear in that last wave?"
>"I... I don't know what it was exactly..."
>"It was like a distorted scream... Something right out of a nightmare..."
>"Then again... this world is kind of like a nightmare itself..."
>_
-
>"A nightmare... I wonder... did the voice sound anything like Yuyuko?"
>Where are the vines rooted; how many of them are there?
-
>"A nightmare... I wonder... did the voice sound anything like Yuyuko?"
>Where are the vines rooted; how many of them are there?
>"It did before..."
>"Just then, though, it sounded nothing like lady Yuyuko..."
>They are rooted all over her body, you'd estimate that there are about a dozen of them in total.
>_
-
>Give one of them a tug; see how firmly rooted it is.
>If it doesn't budge, try pulling harder to see if that does anything...
>Without being sent flying backwards and breaking stuff, of course.
[Don't ask. I'm just having a poke at them. Wouldn't try something too reckless... Though it will give me the answer I need to help my line of thought...]
-
>Give one of them a tug; see how firmly rooted it is.
>If it doesn't budge, try pulling harder to see if that does anything...
>Without being sent flying backwards and breaking stuff, of course.
>You single out and try pulling on one of the vines. It does not seem to budge at all.
>You try exerting more strength, but don't think that you could do anything without harming Yuyuko in the process.
>_
-
Kind of worried, myself. Hope we didn't do the equivalent of plucking a flower...!
>Where did we put our bag? Do we still have the weird scroll inside?
-
>Where did we put our bag? Do we still have the weird scroll inside?
>You left your bag within Hakugyokurou, it should be in a nearby room.
>You do not recall taking anything out of your bag.
>_
-
Opinion about grabbing the bag and showing Youmu the scroll in the meantime?
-
> Are there any vines rooted in her back?
> Can she feel the evil aura still?
> Can she gap?
-
> Are there any vines rooted in her back?
> Can she feel the evil aura still?
> Can she gap?
>There are a few in her back.
>You cannot feel the aura.
>You are still unable to open a gap.
>_
-
>Look back to Youmu; how is she doing?
>"This might sound a little weird... but do you know of a way out of here?"
-
> Give Yuyuko a good hug. See if she shows any sort of reaction.
> How does her body feel? Apart from the veins, do we notice any difference from how her body felt when we touched it before she fused with the tree?
> What do the veins look like now? Has anything about them changed since we cut them; like their color or their thickness?
> Is anything like, say, liquid coming out of the parts we cut?
> How good are we at regulating our Danmaku? Specifically, would we probably be able to only ignite/freeze/whatever the veins while leaving Yuyuko's body (mostly) untouched?
> Do we have any idea how deep the veins penetrate into Yuyuko?
-
>Look back to Youmu; how is she doing?
>"This might sound a little weird... but do you know of a way out of here?"
>You take another look at Youmu. She looks like she's suffering from a bad headache.
>"A way out... I haven't found one..."
> Give Yuyuko a good hug. See if she shows any sort of reaction.
> How does her body feel? Apart from the veins, do we notice any difference from how her body felt when we touched it before she fused with the tree?
> What do the veins look like now? Has anything about them changed since we cut them; like their color or their thickness?
> Is anything like, say, liquid coming out of the parts we cut?
> How good are we at regulating our Danmaku? Specifically, would we probably be able to only ignite/freeze/whatever the veins while leaving Yuyuko's body (mostly) untouched?
> Do we have any idea how deep the veins penetrate into Yuyuko?
>You try hugging Yuyuko, but there is no response.
>Aside from the vines, she still feels the same.
>The vines have not changed, they simply lie there.
>You are highly skilled with your danmaku.
>You should be able to hit only the vines, but note that your danmaku had little effect on actually damaging the vines when you hit the ones that were attached to the tree.
>You do not.
>_
-
Ladies and gentlemen, I feel the need to say that I've been thinking about this too much; so much so, I forgot something from a while back. Look what I found...
>The knife, supposedly, carries a similar power to Yuyuko and can invoke death from afar.
I had convinced myself that using the knife, in any way, was simply not acceptable and denied it ever being brought up in this quest.
However, what if...
>Could the Ayakashi Knife kill anything; even something like 'flowers' or 'vines from a youkai tree?'
It sounds stupid, and we don't know how much damage could be caused by using it in this way, but what if we ARE supposed to do this? Especially, if we take what Youmu has just said, that there is no other way out of here.
What do people think about this? Maybe wait on saying something till after Dormio has answered; gives us more of a discussion that way.
[Waits patiently.]
-
>Could the Ayakashi Knife kill anything; even something like 'flowers' or 'vines from a youkai tree?'
>You aren't sure, but you think that knife could be capable of such a feat.
>_
-
...
Okay then guys, what do you think? Opinions needed asap! I feel pretty bad tonight, so I want to see something sorted before I give it up for the night~ <3
-
IIRC the knife is inside the bag too. So...
>"I'll be right back."
>Head for the bag.
>Come back with the bag.
Yes, we're testing the knife.
-
...
I said 'opinions' and 'what do you think about this,' with maybe a 'I had thought about such and such for a while' added to it.
Can we slow this down a little before jumping the action gun... please?
>Don't do the above action(s) yet.
-
I don't see anything else, though.
-
>"I'll be right back."
>Head for the bag.
>Come back with the bag.
>Don't do the above action(s) yet.
>You stop to think about what your next course of action should be.
>_
-
I've thought some more about this and I'd say the knife might actually work.
We do know the tree didn't like it, at all. This will most likely also apply to all parts of the tree (i.e. the veins). The only thing I'm worried about is how much it might affect Yuyuko, given that she was a part of the tree until a few minutes ago. But still, I think it's our best shot. We did already cut her free from the tree and she appears to have survived it, so I guess getting the veins out should be a minor issue in comparison.
It of course might backfire (if she's dependant on a connection to the tree and getting the remaining veins out completely severs that connection, she might die; but if that's the case, I don't think there's anything else we could do, anyway), but... I think we should try it.
-
Making her completely connected with the tree would be kind of evil, but still possible I guess.
The reason I made those actions was because we want to get the bag back eventually, whatever we plan on doing. Am I given the green light for at the very least this?
-
I see a green light; so I'm happy with that~
>"Youmu, please stay here; I'll be right back."
>Move to whichever room our bag was in and retrieve it.
>Check to see if the Ayakashi Knife is still in there.
>Then, go back to the room with Yuyuko & Youmu.
-
>"Youmu, please stay here; I'll be right back."
>Move to whichever room our bag was in and retrieve it.
>Check to see if the Ayakashi Knife is still in there.
>Then, go back to the room with Yuyuko & Youmu.
>"Okay..."
>You go back into the entrance room and then into the room on the opposite side.
>You grab your bag and check whether or not the knife is still inside.
>The knife is still inside the bag.
>You head back into the room where you left Yuyuko and Youmu with your bag.
>_
-
> Do Youmu or Yuyuko look any different now?
> If not:
> "I think I know how we can help Yuyuko."
> Slowly take the knife out of the bag, watching for any reaction the two might show.
-
> Do Youmu or Yuyuko look any different now?
> If not:
> "I think I know how we can help Yuyuko."
> Slowly take the knife out of the bag, watching for any reaction the two might show.
>They do not.
>"Really?"
>You slowly take the knife from the back.
>Yuyuko is still unresponsive.
>Youmu lifts up her head to look at the knife.
>"... What's that?"
>_
-
> "It's the knife that was once used to seal the Saigyou Ayakashi. Because of that, I think it should be well suited to rid Yuyuko of the remaining vines."
> Do we know how to use the knife / can we feel how to use it?
> Do we know if there might be any detrimental effect the knive has on it's user?
So, what now? Should we go ahead and remove the vines?
-
What about that scroll, shouldn't we try something with that first?
Is there a medical kit anywhere?
-
I say go ahead with the knife.
-
Step at a time; we'll see what Dormio has to say first before flinging ourselves ahead at the vines.
-
> "It's the knife that was once used to seal the Saigyou Ayakashi. Because of that, I think it should be well suited to rid Yuyuko of the remaining vines."
> Do we know how to use the knife / can we feel how to use it?
> Do we know if there might be any detrimental effect the knive has on it's user?
>"I see..."
>Youmu lowers her guard again.
>You assume that it works like any other knife.
>Not as far as you know.
>_
-
Okay. I think we should just go for the vines using the knife now.
As for the scroll, I don't see how it would help. If anything, I think it might remind her of why she decided to fuse with the tree in the first place.
-
She's a ghost right? Not possible to check for a pulse, if she's breathing.
Just curious
> Do she know CPR? Or preformed something similar to this in her past?
-
> Do she know CPR? Or preformed something similar to this in her past?
>You have a very basic understanding of first aid, though you have never applied it before.
>_
-
>Kneel down beside Yuyuko and hold the Ayakashi knife close to the vines.
-
>Kneel down beside Yuyuko and hold the Ayakashi knife close to the vines.
>You take knife to Yuyuko and hold it close to one of the vines.
>You can see the vine try to pull itself away from the knife.
>_
-
> Is Yuyuko showing any reaction to this?
> If not:
> Touch (not stab) one of the vines with the knife.
-
> Is Yuyuko showing any reaction to this?
> If not:
> Touch (not stab) one of the vines with the knife.
>Yuyuko is unresponsive.
>You try touching one of the vines with the knife, the vine flails as it tries to get away from the knife.
>_
-
> Lightly stab the vine. Be careful not to touch Yuyuko with the knife.
-
>Well... seems like they know what's coming.
>Stab one of them; don't stab Yuyuko!
-
> As we do the stabbing, watch for anything we feel or otherwise notice from the knife, the vines, Yuyuko or Youmu.
-
>Well... seems like they know what's coming.
>Stab one of them; don't stab Yuyuko!
> Lightly stab the vine. Be careful not to touch Yuyuko with the knife.
>They have to have a reason to fear the knife, right?
>You grab hold of one of the vines and stab it.
>The vine struggles for a moment before it simply goes limp.
>You see the vine begin to decay rapidly as it falls out.
>The vine falls to the floor, where it shrivels up into a small black lump.
> As we do the stabbing, watch for anything we feel or otherwise notice from the knife, the vines, Yuyuko or Youmu.
>As you stab the vine, you feel the same aura that you felt from the tree coming slightly from the knife.
>_
-
>Falls out. As in, it actually fell out?!
>Seems like we have a lot of these to stab!
>How strong is that aura, by the way?
-
>Falls out. As in, it actually fell out?!
>Seems like we have a lot of these to stab!
>How strong is that aura, by the way?
>It did.
>If you want to get rid of all of these, you do.
>Not very, it is only a very faint feeling.
>_
-
I'd say it's stabbing time until (if) the aura gets noticeably stronger.
-
>In which case, stab. Stab each one.
>The Ayakashi Knife shall free Yuyuko from this evil!
-
> Watch for any changes in the aura. Stop the stabbing if it gets noticeably stronger or otherwise changes.
-
>Look at Youmu; how is she holding up?
-
>In which case, stab. Stab each one.
>The Ayakashi Knife shall free Yuyuko from this evil!
>You get to work on removing all the vines from Yuyuko.
>After several minutes, you're done, and there are no more vines in Yuyuko.
>Look at Youmu; how is she holding up?
>Youmu is still sitting down, watching you remove the vines from Yuyuko.
>Once you're done, Youmu asks you a question.
>"Should I get something for lady Yuyuko...?"
> Watch for any changes in the aura. Stop the stabbing if it gets noticeably stronger or otherwise changes.
>The feeling from the knife remains the same.
>_
-
>Thank goodness.
>How does Yuyuko look now?
>"Please do, Youmu."
>Rest Yuyuko's head on our lap for a little while till she comes back.
-
>Thank goodness.
>How does Yuyuko look now?
>"Please do, Youmu."
>Rest Yuyuko's head on our lap for a little while till she comes back.
>That's a relief.
>She still looks drained, though otherwise fine.
>"Okay..."
>Youmu takes her leave, though she still seems a bit sluggish.
>You stay with Yuyuko until Youmu returns with a futon.
>_
-
>"Thank you Youmu."
>Let her get things set up, then help get Yuyuko in.
>First though...
>"Does Yuyuko have anything we can change her into?"
-
>"Thank you Youmu."
>Let her get things set up, then help get Yuyuko in.
>First though...
>"Does Yuyuko have anything we can change her into?"
>"Yeah, I'm getting something now."
>You set up the futon as Youmu leaves the room again to get a change of clothes for Yuyuko.
>Once Youmu returns with a purple nightgown, the two of you change Yuyuko into it before putting her into the futon.
>"So... what do we do now...?"
>_
-
>Did she have any... marks or bruises or other notable things when we got her changed?
>"To be quite honest, Youmu, I'm not sure. Perhaps it would be best to let Yuyuko rest for a while."
-
>Did she have any... marks or bruises or other notable things when we got her changed?
>"To be quite honest, Youmu, I'm not sure. Perhaps it would be best to let Yuyuko rest for a while."
>There were a few marks where the vines had rooted themselves into Yuyuko.
>"Yeah, I think so too..."
>_
-
>Do we still have the knife?
>Put it in our bag for the time being.
>"If anything, we should stay away from the Ayakashi for a while; we don't want this to happen again."
>Watch over Yuyuko.
-
>Do we still have the knife?
>Put it in our bag for the time being.
>"If anything, we should stay away from the Ayakashi for a while; we don't want this to happen again."
>Watch over Yuyuko.
>You do.
>You place the knife back into the bag.
>"Yeah..."
>You watch over Yuyuko with Youmu, but she shows no signs of waking for now.
>_
-
>Stand up.
>"Youmu. You know what your duty is, so continue doing that. I'm going to go check on something..."
>Face Youmu.
>"Please don't do anything rash. And should Yuyuko wake, please don't allow her to go near the Ayakashi till I return, at least."
>If she doesn't stop us for anything else, head outside to check the Ayakashi.
>DO NOT approach it; just look at it from a very safe distance.
>Is it doing anything? Is there a hole still open in it?
>Anything else of note?
-
>Stand up.
>"Youmu. You know what your duty is, so continue doing that. I'm going to go check on something..."
>Face Youmu.
>"Please don't do anything rash. And should Yuyuko wake, please don't allow her to go near the Ayakashi till I return, at least."
>If she doesn't stop us for anything else, head outside to check the Ayakashi.
>DO NOT approach it; just look at it from a very safe distance.
>Is it doing anything? Is there a hole still open in it?
>Anything else of note?
>You get up.
>"Okay... Be careful..."
>You turn to Youmu to say one more thing.
>"Don't worry..."
>You head outside of Hakugyokurou and begin to head towards the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>You continue walking until you can see the Saigyou Ayakashi from afar, roughly two hundred meters.
>You cannot see any vines coming from the tree.
>You think that the hole is still there.
>You can slightly feel the tree's aura from here.
>_
-
>Did anything else change? The surroundings? Our ability to gap?
-
>Did anything else change? The surroundings? Our ability to gap?
>Not as far as you can tell.
>_
-
Uh, is there anything we want to be doing in the meantime? I'm drawing a complete blank.
-
Whoops. Forgot something.
>Go back and retrieve our bag.
>Then take the Ayakashi knife back to where it originally was in Yuyuko's room.
-
>Go back and retrieve our bag.
>Then take the Ayakashi knife back to where it originally was in Yuyuko's room.
>You head back to Hakugyokurou to pick up your bag before heading off to Yuyuko's room.
>You drop the knife under Yuyuko's bed.
>_
-
Okay... this is going to sound damn right crazy. But this is probably going to be a very, VERY high risk move.
When we stabbed the vines with the Ayakashi Knife, the vines died.
We can't get out any other way; our gaps won't work and Youmu has said there is no exit.
The Ayakashi, from the looks of things, is in the same state as we left it.
There is a possibility that the Ayakashi is the reason we can't leave...
I have a feeling, some how, that the Ayakashi is linked to our only exit out of here.
There are a highly limited amount of paths we have to get out of here and actually progress this quest WITHOUT bad ending.
But right now, the only things I can see us doing is related to the Ayakashi... and one of the scenes...
Involves stabbing the Ayakashi with the knife.
Like I said, it sounds damn right crazy. So I'm checking with you all before we do something that, without a doubt, is a very risky move.
Unless anyone else can think of any other way to get out of here... That doesn't involve killing Yuyuko or Youmu.
OPINIONS PLEASE!
-
Go for it.
-
> J-J-Jam It in!
-
> J-J-Jam It in!
>What do you want to jam, and where do you want to stick it in?
>_
-
>We're not even near the tree yet!
>Just make our way back out there for now; knife in bag for now.
>Get to where we were before, and walk forward, slowly.
-
>We're not even near the tree yet!
>Just make our way back out there for now; knife in bag for now.
>Get to where we were before, and walk forward, slowly.
>You aren't!
>You place the knife back into the bag and head back towards the tree, getting to where you were before, roughly two hundred meters from the tree.
>You begin to step forward. You get about fifty meters closer without anything happening.
>From here, you think you can make out a strange shape inside the hole in the tree.
>_
-
>Strange shape?
>Get a little closer; can we make out the shape?
>Are we feeling anything as we get closer?
-
>Strange shape?
>Get a little closer; can we make out the shape?
>Are we feeling anything as we get closer?
>You aren't sure yet.
>You walk about ten meters closer, the shape appears to be somewhat circular.
>The aura is getting slightly stronger, but nothing else seems to be happening.
>_
-
>This is going to get very bad...
>Put a hand in the bag; don't pull the knife out yet.
>Can we focus on that shape? Can we feel anything from it?
>Keep an eye on the Ayakashi and move within 100m of it.
-
>This is going to get very bad...
>Put a hand in the bag; don't pull the knife out yet.
>Can we focus on that shape? Can we feel anything from it?
>Keep an eye on the Ayakashi and move within 100m of it.
>You worry about what's going to happen...
>You place your hand inside your bag, on the knife, just in case something happens.
>You watch the tree as you get closer, moving another forty meters closer.
>You look at the shape as you get closer, it almost looks as though it's beating.
>As you take another step, the aura gets much, much stronger.
>You can see vines beginning to extend from the hole in the tree.
>_
-
Hello Heart-kun.
Well, seems like we'll just have to stab that. Question though: Does anyone else have a feeling killing the Saigyou Ayakashi might kill Yuyuko?
-
That is a fair point; but having just cut her from the tree in the first place, I sort of thought she would have died already.
The real question we want to be asking, with the vines about to come charging at us, is how are we going to do this? Simply put, I don't think Yukari is that fit. I mean, can you see her diving around, never-mind running, without the use of her gaps? If anything, she could probably side-step the vines and bring the knife down, which would kill those vines and buy us a little time. But that's only going to work so many times.
Whatever happens, we need to think about this carefully. One wrong move could get us killed by a tree that is already p*ssed we cut Yuyuko from it.
-
Do we still have that gun?
-
IIRC we do, but a tree that is immune to danmaku is -probably- immune to gunfire too. Aat least, that's how DBZ logic works.
Shouldn't we have said something to Youmu before doing this...?
-
Should have. Could of been the distraction while she goes in for the kill with that speed of her's.
Is it too late to go back and get her?
-
If we do get Youmu, we need to go all out right-away, otherwise we risk her getting captured by the tree. We know how much the last time affected her.
I'm not entirely sure the tree will attack us, judging by the reaction the vines that were stuck inside Yuyuko showed to the knife.
-
We could do this from a distance. I just want to get the hell out this place asap.
> Do she know how to throw a knife?
> Do we remember how fast the branches moved? If so, can we throw the knife faster?
-
> Do she know how to throw a knife?
> Do we remember how fast the branches moved? If so, can we throw the knife faster?
>You can throw a knife.
>The branches moved rather fast, you think that you could if you were able to get close enough first.
>_
-
> Get closer to the tree. Watch for any movements of the vines or anything we might feel moving underground.
> Watch for any changes in the tree's aura or any effects it might now have on us.
> Stop and step a bit back if the vines start approaching us.
> If they don't approach us, stop about 10 meters from the tree.
> Any new details we can make out from here?
Let's see first if we need Youmu, or if we can do it alone. If we can, I'd say it's better we do it that way.
-
> Get closer to the tree. Watch for any movements of the vines or anything we might feel moving underground.
> Watch for any changes in the tree's aura or any effects it might now have on us.
> Stop and step a bit back if the vines start approaching us.
> If they don't approach us, stop about 10 meters from the tree.
> Any new details we can make out from here?
>You try to get closer to the Saigyou Ayakashi.
>You take a few steps forward, and the vines continue to extend towards you.
>The aura continues to grow stronger as you get closer.
>You edge back a few meters when you see the vines extending, but this does nothing to stop them from continuing to grow towards you.
>_
-
> Do we know what happened to Yuyuko's old self when she was sacrificed to seal the tree? Like, she died, but was there anything else to it?
> How far away from the tree are we now?
> How fast are the vines moving and how many are there? Can we see if their numbers are increasing?
I've got a feeling part of Yuyuko has been inside the tree ever since she's been sacrificed to seal it.
Now if that is true, the tree will try to get Yuyuko back. Also, I think we have to decide right now whether we want to get Youmu's help or not.
I'm rather against it, considering the tree seems to have gone into overdrive and she already couldn't really handle it's aura before.
If we do it alone, I suggest letting the vines close in on us and then try stabbing them (rather than running in before we know if the knife is as effective here as it was with Yuyuko).
-
Stabbing a few vines probably won't make a difference. I think this is a losing battle, especially since we're not close to the tree itself.
To be honest I have no idea.
-
> Do we know what happened to Yuyuko's old self when she was sacrificed to seal the tree? Like, she died, but was there anything else to it?
> How far away from the tree are we now?
> How fast are the vines moving and how many are there? Can we see if their numbers are increasing?
>As far as you know, Yuyuko's body was buried under the tree.
>Roughly ninety five meters.
>Currently, the vines are not moving too quickly.
>There are at least a dozen vines.
>You can see more vines coming out from within the hole in the tree.
>_
-
Okay then... side-stepping and bringing the Ayakashi Knife down across the vines that come at us is an acceptable form of attack. (Aka, Yukari can easily do that.)
Also bare in mind that Yukari has been seen to do a spinning kick of some sort (yes, without her gap) so she isn't as un-fit as we may think.
She can jump around a bit, but not too much; so we can still do this on our own.
So if we are going to go ahead and get closer in, repelling the vines where possible, then we need to be very careful with each and every action we do.
^^
-
95 meters is a lot. Plus, the vines are moving slowly, implying they can move faster. And, as far as we know there may be hundreds of them. Is this really a good idea?
-
That's why I'm asking you guys for thoughts.
Going back for Youmu is an idea... but do we really want to risk a Youmu death; bearing in mind she didn't take to kindly to the Ayakashi earlier?
Yes, her speed would do it. But Ayakashi Knife + Ayakashi aura = Unknown Reactions from Youmu.
MAJOR EDIT!
WE CAN F**KING FLY!!! Which is easily faster then running. Why did I forget about this!?!?!
-
Hm. I'd really like to go for a "reunite Yuyuko with her old self" thing, but I have absolutely no idea how we could go about that. So I guess that leaves brute force for now.
Also, if there's new vines coming out of that hole, that means we have to act fast before there's too many. I'm guessing if we were to leave this alone, the vines would eventually reach Hakugyokurou.
Waiting for the vines is out then, I guess. I propose:
> Run towards the vines, carefully watching all of their movements as well as the tree.
> Once we're close to them, side-step their attack and stab one of them, then jump backwards and get some distance between the vine and us until we can see what happens to the vine.
--cut X2
I don't think getting Youmu is a good idea. Yukari might be willing to risk Youmu's life, but if Youmu gets caught by the tree, it's quite possible the tree will get even stronger. Plus, there will be no-one to watch over Yuyuko, so the tree might be able to lure her back. In which case we would be really really fucked.
--cut by an edit:
Even better.
-
If I were to think of a "best" course of action at this point, it would probably be "consult Yuyuko". Problem is, we have no idea how long she'll be in this state. We don't even know why she's in it and if it's going to end magically on its own or not. I'd try looking into that but I can't find anything that will give us the answer, or lead to it.
...Maybe some books or something? Gah.
And I guess flying is an option too. I can kind of picture the tree making the vines rise, but at the very least it's going to buy us some time.
Let's just shower it with danmaku and immediately fly towards it.
-
So in other words...
Run a bit, vines come out to attack.
Side-step, swipe.
More vines appear.
Increase speed by flying.
Use danmaku to slow down / repel vines.
SHANK THE AYAKASHI!
Agreed or not?
-
Something like that. We could really go wild with this.
As in, we take it step-by-step and make up reactions in the process.
-
BT:
We need to know what happens to the vines if we stab them, first. If they don't die from it or even power-up because of it, finding that out when we're directly in front of the tree with all those vines around us would be very bad timing.
Also, danmaku didn't do much to the vines the last time. I doubt it's going to be more effective now.
Tamashii Kanjou: Assuming the stabbed vine dies like the ones we stabbed before, yes, I'd say that's the best course of action.
-
The danmaku's not meant to do anything but form some sort of distraction. At least, in theory.
Fine with this swipe-first approach.
-
Ok then, first part go.
> Run towards the vines, carefully watching all of their movements as well as the tree.
> Once we're close to them, side-step their attack and stab one of them, then jump backwards and get some distance between the vine and us until we can see what happens to the vine.
> If the vine immediately shrivels up like the ones before did, skip the jumping back and instead start flying towards the tree as fast as we can while evading the vines, using danmaku to hold the vines off.
-
> Run towards the vines, carefully watching all of their movements as well as the tree.
> Once we're close to them, side-step their attack and stab one of them, then jump backwards and get some distance between the vine and us until we can see what happens to the vine.
> If the vine immediately shrivels up like the ones before did, skip the jumping back and instead start flying towards the tree as fast as we can while evading the vines, using danmaku to hold the vines off.
>You start running towards the tree and its vines, making sure that you keep them in your sight.
>As you get closer, the vines start to move faster, and you meet the vines roughly fifty meters from the tree.
>One of the vines lunges at you, and you step to side to dodge it and thrust your knife into it.
>The vine you stabbed goes limp and begins to decay.
>You take this as an opportunity to unleash a wall of danmaku at the vines and take to the air.
>You are about forty meters from the tree when the vines begin to catch up to you again.
>_
-
> While flying, how fast can we spin around our own axis while still flying fast towards the tree?
> If we were to do this, how fast do we think we would get dizzy, if at all?
Basically, it seems we don't need to hit the vines all that hard to kill them, so we can just focus on hitting as many of them as quickly as possible while moving towards our target.
-
> While flying, how fast can we spin around our own axis while still flying fast towards the tree?
> If we were to do this, how fast do we think we would get dizzy, if at all?
>Fairly fast, it shouldn't slow you down much to spin around, provided you fly in a straight line.
>As long as you aren't constantly spinning, you should be fine.
>_
-
> Hold the knife tightly. Very tightly.
> Continue flying towards the tree and shooting danmaku at the vines.
> While doing this, spin around with the knife stretched out, so that we quickly slash any vines that come close to us.
> Stop spinning for a bit whenever there's no vines directly around us.
> Watch out for any vines we miss or anything else happening, like the aura changing. Especially watch out for any vines coming from below or behind us.
-
> Hold the knife tightly. Very tightly.
> Continue flying towards the tree and shooting danmaku at the vines.
> While doing this, spin around with the knife stretched out, so that we quickly slash any vines that come close to us.
> Stop spinning for a bit whenever there's no vines directly around us.
> Watch out for any vines we miss or anything else happening, like the aura changing. Especially watch out for any vines coming from below or behind us.
>You are not dropping this knife.
>You keep flying at the tree, shooting danmaku at the vines to keep them at bay.
>You keep a watchful eye all around you, making sure that you're not caught off guard by any vines.
>Your danmaku by itself isn't enough to hold off all the vines though, especially when new ones continue to spawn from the hole in the tree.
>You allow yourself to become surrounded by the vines before you slow down to slash at all of the vines.
>You spin gracefully in the air, tearing apart vine after vine with your knife until there are none left in the air around you.
>After you clear your surroundings, you hear a strange creaking sound and jump back immediately.
>You watch as one of the Saigyou Ayakashi's larger branches passes through the space that you were just occupying.
>You are now roughly twenty meters from the tree.
>More vines are beginning to come out of the hole in the tree.
>_
-
> That was close.
> The branch passing through means the tree just threw part of itself at us? (I'm assuming the tree can't somehow extend it's branches this far).
-
I think it simply moved one of its larger branches; they can still swipe at us.
>Quick assessment!
>Are we still facing the 'heart' of the Ayakashi?
>In which direction is what coming at us?
>How close can we be till we feel we could throw the knife and hit it?
Not saying we are going to throw it, but I'm thinking of 'what if we can't get close enough to stab it properly.'
So far so good, btw.
-
> That was close.
> The branch passing through means the tree just threw part of itself at us? (I'm assuming the tree can't somehow extend it's branches this far).
>You imagine that it would hurt quite a lot to be hit by one of those branches.
>The tree simply swung one of its branches at you. It is a rather large tree.
>Quick assessment!
>Are we still facing the 'heart' of the Ayakashi?
>In which direction is what coming at us?
>How close can we be till we feel we could throw the knife and hit it?
>You decide that you should assess your surroundings once more.
>You are still facing the tree.
>The vines are beginning to come at you from below.
>You appear to be out of reach from the larger branches.
>To have a good chance of having the knife connect after throwing it, you feel that you should be within five meters of your target.
>_
-
A note: the 'heart' may very well be what the tree has from Yuyuko. We might want to cut it free and take it rather than stab it.Stabbing the rest of the tree, of course, is fair game.
-
Unless,
> Is Ayakashi regrowing lost limbs?
-
> Is Ayakashi regrowing lost limbs?
>The vines that you have cut are not regrowing, though new vines seem to be taking their place.
>_
-
Hm. I wonder what would happen if we were to get the tree to swing a branch at us again and then hit that branch with the knife.
> Do we see anything besides the vines growing? Like, say, new branches.
-
> Do we see anything besides the vines growing? Like, say, new branches.
>You do not.
>_
-
So do we continue with the flying while spinning thing until we're close enough / there are too many vines?
-
> Roughly how many branches of similar size as the one that attacked us earlier does the tree have? Like, 5, 10, 100?
Not sure yet. We might want to kill off some of the branches first if possible, lest we get hit by one while going for the heart.
-
> Roughly how many branches of similar size as the one that attacked us earlier does the tree have? Like, 5, 10, 100?
>You'd guess that there are at least twenty branches of the same size as the one that swung at you.
>_
-
Okay then guys, here we go...
>20 metres to go... We must get closer!
>Get to moving; try and stay out of range of the larger branches!
>Don't get caught by the vines; fly forward, and be prepared to graze if we can't full out dodge them.
>Swipe what we can if we really can't avoid it without minor grazing; just keep aware of everything that moves.
>Above all else, we MUST get into striking distance; we MUST solve this...
>WE MUST FIX THIS!
>Don't let go off that knife!
If we get there... if we get close enough... We must take that chance!
-
>20 metres to go... We must get closer!
>Get to moving; try and stay out of range of the larger branches!
>Don't get caught by the vines; fly forward, and be prepared to graze if we can't full out dodge them.
>Swipe what we can if we really can't avoid it without minor grazing; just keep aware of everything that moves.
>Above all else, we MUST get into striking distance; we MUST solve this...
>WE MUST FIX THIS!
>Don't let go off that knife!
>You've almost reached the tree, just a little bit more to go...
>You fly forward, you've got a clear path for a few seconds, at the least.
>You lower your altitude a bit to get out of the reach of most of the larger branches.
>The vines catch up to you once more, but you cut them down as they approach.
>A few vines manage to get past your swipes, and you roll around in the air to try to dodge them. However, you can't avoid all of them, a few vines wrap themselves around your leg.
>Your leg feels as though it's burning.
>But you don't care. You press on. You're so close. You will get to the root of this.
>You are right next to the hole in the tree.
>You can see the strange core beating. The vines seem to be growing from it.
>_
-
>Well? What are we waiting for?! Stab it where it hurts!
-
>The second we have, get those vines off us!
>Brace ourselves for whatever happens next... And hope we don't die...
-
>Well? What are we waiting for?! Stab it where it hurts!
>The second we have, get those vines off us!
>Brace ourselves for whatever happens next... And hope we don't die...
>What are you waiting for?
>You thrust your knife forward into the core of the Saigyou Ayakashi, ignoring the vines all around you.
>As you do this, the vines wrap themselves all around you, trying to hinder your movements and causing you a lot of pain, but it's far too late for the tree.
>The knife enters the core with a satisfying feeling.
>The core and knife emits a wave of the aura, much larger than any previous one.
>The vines all begin to rot and you can feel them loosening their grip on you.
>You can see the tree's branches flailing wildly as the aura travels back into the tree.
>As well as the aura rushing back into the tree, you can see the sky warping.
>The sky itself seems to be being drawn into the hole in the tree, the red being replaced by a dark blue.
>The vines are retracted by the tree, and once it has consumed all the vines and the sky, the hole closes up and the branches stop moving.
>_
-
>Take a number of steps back from the tree and look around.
>Is the knife still in our hands?
>How are we feeling?
>Energy / Gap wise too.
>If the Ayakashi isn't doing anything else, head back to Youmu.
-
To add to these:
>Aftermath assessment?
>Make sure to shake off any rotten vines. Disgusting.
>Does the knife seem any different? Assuming it's there.
>Do we hear anything from Youmu? Turn around to see if she is approaching or not.
-
>Who's already dead and who's left on the checklist?
-
>Make sure to shake off any rotten vines. Disgusting.
>Ugh. You brush the vines off yourself.
>Take a number of steps back from the tree and look around.
>Aftermath assessment?
>You take a few steps back from the tree.
>The tree's petals are falling rapidly, meanwhile the rest of the plants in Hakugyokurou's garden seem to be reblooming.
>The sky is a deep blue, it appears to be night.
>Is the knife still in our hands?
>Does the knife seem any different?
>You are no longer holding the knife, you left it embedded in the tree's core.
>How are we feeling?
>Energy / Gap wise too.
>Horrible. Your entire body aches, your leg in particular.
>As you look around, assessing the situation, you feel fatigue kicking in the adrenalin wears off.
>Once you rest up a bit, you feel that you could open up another gap.
>Do we hear anything from Youmu? Turn around to see if she is approaching or not.
>You do not hear anything from Youmu at the moment.
>You do not see Youmu approaching you.
>If the Ayakashi isn't doing anything else, head back to Youmu.
>You drag your feet back to Hakugyokurou.
>You find yourself standing outside Hakugyokurou.
>Who's already dead and who's left on the checklist?
>[x]Saigyou Ayakashi
>[ ]？？？？？？？？？
>_
-
>Get inside; take your time with it though, no collapsing.
>"Hey Youmu... Youmuuuu."
-
>Get inside; take your time with it though, no collapsing.
>"Hey Youmu... Youmuuuu."
>You slowly make your way inside Hakugyokurou, making sure not to collapse.
>You head to the room that you left Youmu and Yuyuko in, and are about to call out for Youmu when you hear Yuyuko's voice.
>"I'm so sorry, Youmu..."
>_
-
>...
>Walk into the room.
>"As I too, am also sorry... Yuyuko."
-
So Yuyuko survived. Yay!
-
>...
>Walk into the room.
>"As I too, am also sorry... Yuyuko."
>You decide to walk into the room.
>Yuyuko is still lying down, looking rather tired.
>Youmu is sitting by her side.
>Both Yuyuko and Youmu turn to look at you.
>"Ah, Yukari. I have to apologize to you, too, for causing so much trouble."
>Youmu takes a look at the sky through a window.
>"You really fixed it. Thank you, thank you so much."
>_
-
>Kneel down and hug Yuyuko... it has be too long...
>And she probably needs this.
>"You don't need to apologize, Yuyuko... I've been gone for 2 years; I should be the one apologizing."
>Turn to Youmu.
>"It was... quite draining though. I may need some rest before I head out."
-
>Kneel down and hug Yuyuko... it has be too long...
>And she probably needs this.
>"You don't need to apologize, Yuyuko... I've been gone for 2 years; I should be the one apologizing."
>Turn to Youmu.
>"It was... quite draining though. I may need some rest before I head out."
>You go to Yuyuko's side and give her a hug.
>"Ah..."
>Yuyuko closes her eyes as you hold her.
>"You're being far to kind. I should be thanking you for saving us."
>Once you're done hugging Yuyuko, you face Youmu again.
>"Should I get a room ready for you?"
>_
-
>"If you don't mind. I could do with the rest."
>Once Youmu leaves, turn to Yuyuko again.
>"You must be tired, so I won't ask much. I just want to know... what happened?"
-
>"If you don't mind. I could do with the rest."
>Once Youmu leaves, turn to Yuyuko again.
>"You must be tired, so I won't ask much. I just want to know... what happened?"
>"Okay, I'll call you when I've prepared the room."
>Youmu leaves you with Yuyuko.
>"When the world changed... I heard the Saigyou calling to me."
>"I simply couldn't resist, and I felt my mind slipping away."
>"Before I knew it, I had lost myself. I could only observe the world around me, the one interacting with it wasn't me."
>"I was like that until you came with Youmu to save me."
>_
-
>"It must have been so hard... And it certainly took its toll on Youmu too; she was... highly shaken to say the least."
>Smile a little.
>"At least that is over with now. I do suggest you get some rest; though you probably know what you need right now."
>"I'm just glad to see you again... Yuyuko."
-
>"It must have been so hard... And it certainly took its toll on Youmu too; she was... highly shaken to say the least."
>Smile a little.
>"At least that is over with now. I do suggest you get some rest; though you probably know what you need right now."
>"I'm just glad to see you again... Yuyuko."
>"I know. I need to make everything up to Youmu later."
>You give Yuyuko a smile, which she returns weakly.
>"I suggest that you do the same, you look terrible."
>As Yuyuko says this, Youmu reenters the room.
>"Lady Yukari, I've prepared a room for you, and a change of clothes if you need it."
>_
-
>"Ah, thank you Youmu."
>Stand up and head towards the room.
>"I'll see you both later... Sleep well."
-
Damn, just got home and it's over. :/
> How long have we been here?
-
>"Ah, thank you Youmu."
>Stand up and head towards the room.
>"I'll see you both later... Sleep well."
>"It's no problem. I just set up a bed in the room opposite this one."
>You get up and begin heading off to the other room, but tell Yuyuko and Youmu good night first.
>"Good night, Yukari. Thank you."
>"Thank you, lady Yukari. Thank you so much."
>You head to the room that Youmu set up for you.
>You see another futon set up, as well as a pair of simple pajamas to change into.
>You change into the pajamas and get into the bed.
>After everything today, it feels great to lie down and you fall asleep almost immediately.
>...
>When you wake up again, your entire body aches.
> How long have we been here?
>You'd guess that you have been inside Hakugyokurou for roughly 12 hours.
>_
-
>Groan.
>Give ourselves a minute to wake up.
>Get out of the bed.
-
>Groan.
>Give ourselves a minute to wake up.
>Get out of the bed.
>You groan as you sit up.
>You take a moment to wake up properly before you get out from under the covers and stand up.
>_
-
>Any improvement in gapping powers?
-
>Any improvement in gapping powers?
>You check your ability to manipulate boundaries, you think that you feel up to opening a gap.
>In addition, you feel some of your abilities returning.
>You may now open a smaller gap to store or retrieve smaller items.
>_
-
>We're still in pajamas! Change back to our usual outfit.
>Get out of the room. If you don't see anyone, head to the main room.
-
Let's try not to abuse our abilities too much; whilst it would be normal for Yukari to do that, in this situation, we can't just randomly gap stuff because we can. We don't know for sure if this, like the main gaps, will drain us each time we use one.
Also, whilst the situation with Alice & Rinnosuke needs checking, I'd advise checking up on Ran too. After that, I highly recommend Youkai Mountain as the next stop; for certain reasons that may or may not include the main group of the past two Quests.
-
>We're still in pajamas! Change back to our usual outfit.
>Get out of the room. If you don't see anyone, head to the main room.
>You find your clothes and change back into them, leaving the pajamas that Youmu provided for you folded on top of the futon.
>You leave your room and begin heading towards the room you last saw Youmu and Yuyuko in.
>As you pass by the entrance room, you notice that the door the private garden has been left open.
>A quick peek through the door shows Youmu sitting down in the private garden.
>_
-
>Head outside.
>"Good morning". Try not to startle her.
-
>Head outside.
>"Good morning". Try not to startle her.
>You step outside and greet Youmu.
>Youmu jumps a little when you speak.
>"G-Good morning!"
>You can see Youmu blushing as she gets up and turns to face you.
>"Are you alright after yesterday, lady Yukari?"
>_
-
>"I'm fine. I take it you and Yuyuko are fine as well?"
>"Speaking of which, is she awake?"
-
>"I'm fine. I take it you and Yuyuko are fine as well?"
>"Speaking of which, is she awake?"
>"That's great to hear."
>"Yes, we're fine."
>Youmu gazes at the sky.
>"I thought I might have never seen this sky again. Again, thank you so much. If there's anything that either lady Yuyuko or I can do to help you, please ask us. "
>"Lady Yuyuko is still sleeping, I can wake her if you need to talk to her."
>_
-
>"No, don't. She needs her rest after that awful experience she went through."
Do we need anything they can provide? I don't think so. Unless any of you have better ideas, we should wait until Yuyuko wakes up, have some parting words with her and return to Ran.
-
>"No, don't. She needs her rest after that awful experience she went through."
>"Okay."
>"Is there anything that I can do for you?"
>_
-
>"Well, I could use a good meal."
>Do a quick check on opening smaller gaps. How difficult or draining is it? Does it affect how frequently we can open larger gaps?
-
>"Well, I could use a good meal."
>Do a quick check on opening smaller gaps. How difficult or draining is it? Does it affect how frequently we can open larger gaps?
>"Alright, I'll go make something for you then, lady Yukari."
>"Do you want to eat here or inside?"
>You try opening up a small gap and manage to do so with ease. You think that, provided you don't create a gap larger than 30 centimeters in diameter, it should not drain you.
>_
-
Do we need anything they can provide? I don't think so. Unless any of you have better ideas, we should wait until Yuyuko wakes up, have some parting words with her and return to Ran.
We, like, came to Hakugyokurou to ask for help regarding the border stuff. :V
Then there's that situation with Alice and Rinnosuke; it'd be much easier to solve that with Youmu's and/or Yuyuko's help.
-
>"I think I'll sit here and enjoy the scenery, now that it's back to normal. It's been far too long since I could do that."
-
>"I think I'll sit here and enjoy the scenery, now that it's back to normal. It's been far too long since I could do that."
>"Alright, I'll be back with something for you soon."
>Youmu heads back into Hakugyokurou.
>_
-
>Find a place to sit and wait for her to return.
-
>Find a place to sit and wait for her to return.
>You take a seat on one of the larger rocks in the garden and wait for Youmu's return, enjoying the garden as you do so.
>Soon, Youmu comes back with a tray, which she holds to you. On the tray, there is a simple meal consisting of some toast and yoghurt.
>_
-
>"Thank you Youmu."
>Offer her a seat next to / opposite us.
>"It's certainly peaceful here now. It makes me wonder if we'd be able to see the entrance to here in Gensokyo now."
>On a side note, with our 30cm gap, can we peer through it and see what is going on in random places?
-
>"Thank you Youmu."
>Offer her a seat next to / opposite us.
>"It's certainly peaceful here now. It makes me wonder if we'd be able to see the entrance to here in Gensokyo now."
>On a side note, with our 30cm gap, can we peer through it and see what is going on in random places?
>"It's no problem."
>Youmu takes a seat next to you and watches the garden with you.
>"Maybe, everything else seems to have turned back to normal."
>"If you don't mind me asking, what has been happening in Gensokyo?"
>Your small gap leads to an alternate space, rather than another location in Gensokyo.
>_
-
>Sigh.
>"To be honest, I don't know. I've been stuck outside of it for 2 years; it's why I came here to see if Yuyuko could help."
>"But... it turned out you needed my help as well. Perhaps the same could be said for everyone in Gensokyo, based on what I've seen thus far."
-
>Sigh.
>"To be honest, I don't know. I've been stuck outside of it for 2 years; it's why I came here to see if Yuyuko could help."
>"But... it turned out you needed my help as well. Perhaps the same could be said for everyone in Gensokyo, based on what I've seen thus far."
>You let out a big sigh.
>Youmu tilts her head.
>"Really? What happened?"
>"What's happening in Gensokyo?"
>_
-
>"In short, I got stuck. Gensokyo is a bit of a mess; with some people being... a little different from what I remembered."
>"I came here after finding Ran & Chen, because not seeing Yuyuko for 2 years was pretty bad."
>"I'll probably be heading to the Youkai Mountain after this; since it's the next main place on my list."
>And we're eating, and we're eating.
>"It's why I wanted to speak to Yuyuko before I left. But I don't want to wake her."
-
>"In short, I got stuck. Gensokyo is a bit of a mess; with some people being... a little different from what I remembered."
>"I came here after finding Ran & Chen, because not seeing Yuyuko for 2 years was pretty bad."
>"I'll probably be heading to the Youkai Mountain after this; since it's the next main place on my list."
>And we're eating, and we're eating.
>"It's why I wanted to speak to Yuyuko before I left. But I don't want to wake her."
>"I see..."
>"Oh, how are they doing?"
>"I hope that you can find whatever you're looking for there."
>You chow down on the toast while you talk. You're going to need that energy.
>"I don't think that she's going to wake up any time soon..."
>_
-
>"Well, Ran was a little beaten up; but they'll be fine."
>Keep up that eating.
>"It's okay. She needs her rest; and to be fair, so do you. Gardener or not, you've been through just as much."
[I know you guys wanted Youmu and/or Yuyuko to help out with the quest, but I'm pretty sure you'll agree that they aren't in the state for actively helping. After we've finished up here, I'd say mountain bound; linking up with Ran and/or Chen first would be a bonus too. Let me know what you all think~]
-
>"Well, Ran was a little beaten up; but they'll be fine."
>Keep up that eating.
>"It's okay. She needs her rest; and to be fair, so do you. Gardener or not, you've been through just as much."
>"... Did something happen?"
>Once you finish eating the toast, you get to work on the yoghurt. Still, you make sure to enjoy the food.
>"Ah, okay..."
>"I want to check the rest of Hakugyokurou first, I missed it so much... I'll get some more rest after that."
>_
-
Kanjou: I'd kind of like to take Youmu with us, but I don't think she'd want to leave Yuyuko behind while she's still so weak from what happened. So I guess yeah, we'll have to leave them behind.
As for where to go next, I'd say we should help Alice first; she can most likely give us more information about what happened and I think she would assist us with whatever else we're doing afterwards if we save her. If we're doing this, getting Ran to help would be a good idea; not so sure about Chen.
-
We can always come back for Yuyuko's help later.
-
Especially if we regain full gapping powers.
Fine with either Youkai Mountain detectives or Alice rescue squad. We still want to talk to Ran first, so unless anyone has any better ideas, we're leaving.
-
>"I've missed this too... I'll be sure to come back at some point for a flower viewing with you two."
>Once we've finished our meal, stand up.
>"Thank you, Youmu. Be sure to give Yuyuko my regards when she wakes; I have stuff to do."
-
>"I've missed this too... I'll be sure to come back at some point for a flower viewing with you two."
>Once we've finished our meal, stand up.
>"Thank you, Youmu. Be sure to give Yuyuko my regards when she wakes; I have stuff to do."
>Youmu nods.
>"Maybe we can hold a party here, once lady Yuyuko is feeling well again."
>You finish off your food and get up, Youmu taking the tray from you as you do so.
>"It's nothing compared to what you've done for us..."
>"I will, good luck."
>_
-
>Bow and make our way out.
>Let's go see if that barrier is back up; so we can exit without using a gap.
-
>Bow and make our way out.
>Let's go see if that barrier is back up; so we can exit without using a gap.
>You bow, and Youmu bows in return.
>You walk through Hakugyokurou, back to its entrance to Mayohiga.
>The tear in the space that replaced the gateway has disappeared, and the gateway has returned.
>_
-
>So we really did fix things.
>So nice... and this is just the start.
>Head on through; we've got to meet up with Ran when we can.
-
>So we really did fix things.
>So nice... and this is just the start.
>Head on through; we've got to meet up with Ran when we can.
>Hakugyokurou really did return to Gensokyo. You feel good about having fixed it.
>Still, there are so many other things left to fix.
>You pass through the gateway to Mayohiga, walking back to your home.
>Near your home, you see Chen sitting around on a porch, who also spots you.
>"Maaaaasteeeeer!!"
>Chen starts running towards you.
>_
-
>CHEEEEEEEEEEEN! Nose-bleed hard!
>Smile at the oncoming cat and give her a hug.
>"My, my. You're energetic as ever, I see."
>"Is Ran around?"
-
>CHEEEEEEEEEEEN! Nose-bleed hard!
>Smile at the oncoming cat and give her a hug.
>"My, my. You're energetic as ever, I see."
>"Is Ran around?"
>Oh god you can't stop the bleeding. You find yourself in Hakugyokurou again after suffering from excessive blood loss.
>You give Chen a smile and hug her when she gets close enough.
>"You're back!"
>"She's inside, I'll go get her."
>Before you can say anything, Chen breaks free from your hug and runs towards your home.
>After a few moments, you can see Chen leading Ran out.
>_
-
>Walk up to them; does Ran look any better then she did before?
>"I'm back, Ran. How have things been here?"
-
>Walk up to them; does Ran look any better then she did before?
>"I'm back, Ran. How have things been here?"
>You walk up to the pair of them. She looks like she's had a good night's rest, at the very least.
>"Welcome back, master. Nothing of note has happened here, I have been cleaning in your absence.
>_
-
>"Cleaning? Well, still as dedicated as ever, I see."
>"I've managed to fix the Netherworld issue. To keep things short, those two were in quite the predicament."
>"You needn't worry though; they are both fine now."
>Let's head inside for a bit.
-
>"Cleaning? Well, still as dedicated as ever, I see."
>"I've managed to fix the Netherworld issue. To keep things short, those two were in quite the predicament."
>"You needn't worry though; they are both fine now."
>Let's head inside for a bit.
>"Thank you."
>Ran bows as she says this.
>"What had happened?"
>"I see, I shall not enquire further."
>You head inside with Ran, Chen runs ahead of the two of you.
>_
-
>"I probably won't be around too long; I have plenty to do."
>Take a quick look around.
>"Though I do wonder if you'd be up to helping me out today."
-
>"I probably won't be around too long; I have plenty to do."
>Take a quick look around.
>"Though I do wonder if you'd be up to helping me out today."
>"I see."
>Chen tugs at your sleeve.
>"When will you be back, master?"
>You take a quick glance around the entrance way, it does look a lot cleaner.
>"I am yours to command."
>"What do you need help with, nya?"
>_
-
>Look down at Chen and pat her.
>"I'm not sure; it depends on how much work I have to do~"
>Back to Ran.
>"I'm thinking of heading up to the mountain; see what the situation is up there."
>"Of course, I'm not wanting to leave this place un-guarded."
-
>Look down at Chen and pat her.
>"I'm not sure; it depends on how much work I have to do~"
>Back to Ran.
>"I'm thinking of heading up to the mountain; see what the situation is up there."
>"Of course, I'm not wanting to leave this place un-guarded."
>You pat Chen.
>"I'll try my best!"
>You turn to Ran once more.
>"I see."
>"So shall Chen and I remain here?"
>_
-
Anyone else around? I would like to take Ran with us, but would people be okay with leaving Chen here? Chen seems very attached to us right now, so maybe taking Chen instead might be an idea; but Ran doing stuff alone might not be good, though she does seem to be doing fine.
I do want to get Ran's arm sorted, but we don't know the state of Eientei. If we can find the main heroes (Nitori, Hatate & Co.) we could sort stuff out. I don't want to rush into Eientei without some knowledge of what has happened there, if anything.
I do intend to get the Alice situation looked into as well; though now we're able to pull items through our mini-gap now, I'm pretty sure that can be sorted easily, thus left for a little later when we're returning back home or something.
Anyway, let me know what you think~
-
Hm, if we can solve that situation with Alice with just gapping, that's even more reason to do that part first. We don't know what's happened on Youkai Mountain in the meantime (and Yukari doesn't know anything of what we know about it, as far as I remember), so it's better to have more people with us that can fight if necessary. I'm pretty sure Alice will help us if we free her; she'd be indebted to us.
I don't really think leaving Chen behind alone is a good idea... I guess we could go save Alice alone and then get Ran and Chen before we go to the mountain.
-
I agree.
-
Okay then, we'll get Alice out the way with first. After we sort that out, it might be best to get what info we can (and possibly Alice's assistance) before returning to Ran & Chen.
After that, it depends on what Alice tells us really. Or maybe what we could force out of Kourin before we leave him be.
-
It's been about 12 hours. I'm pretty sure Alice tried something by now and got herself killed. If she's dead were killing that bastard. So yeah, I'm all in for Alice.
-
Yeah, I'm all for checking on Alice too.
And if he did end up offing her, then let's just say he'll find himself someplace he won't like.
All for going there the long way, and gapping him to someplace where he'll definitely be able to live, but it's gonna be pure agony every second?
-
Yes.
-
How is improved gapping making this any easier? Our mini-gaps are only for storage, they don't link to two places.
And, I don't know about this whole "lol we're going to screw him over if something happened" thing.
-
I don't think he killed her; and if he didn't, I think we should leave what to do with him up to Alice. At least what to do with him after we've extracted whatever information we can get from him (cue creative use of gaps for torture). I'm pretty sure Alice would appreciate it if we didn't try to stop her; and we don't have any reason to stop her.
Otherwise, I'm all for offing him if he killed someone we promised to help and hoped to get information and help from. Also, we need to make sure he doesn't tell Reimu anything, anyway.
> "For now, yes. I might need your help later on, though."
> Hug both of them.
> "Take care, you two." Give them a smile.
> Do we have that gun and ammunition with us? If so, put them in the mini-gap.
> If not, go get both and then put them in the mini-gap.
> Then use a gap to get near Kourindou, but far enough away that we can't be seen from there.
> Check surroundings.
> How do we feel?
> How long until we can gap again?
> Can we still use mini-gaps?
-
> "For now, yes. I might need your help later on, though."
> Hug both of them.
> "Take care, you two." Give them a smile.
> Do we have that gun and ammunition with us? If so, put them in the mini-gap.
> If not, go get both and then put them in the mini-gap.
> Then use a gap to get near Kourindou, but far enough away that we can't be seen from there.
> Check surroundings.
> How do we feel?
> How long until we can gap again?
> Can we still use mini-gaps?
>"As you wish."
>You gather up the two of them for another hug, holding them tight as you prepare to leave again.
>"Come back soon, nya!"
>Chen squeezes you back much tighter before she lets go.
>"The best of luck in your journeys."
>Before you go, you quickly transfer your revolver and ammunition from the bag into a gap.
>Both Ran and Chen bow as you open up and step through a small gap to the forest of magic.
>You look around, you're near the entrance to the forest of magic, fairly close to the human village. You can see the outline of Kourindou nearby.
>You feel slightly drained from the gap, but otherwise fine.
>You should probably wait for around an hour before you open up another gap.
>Opening up a mini gap should still be easy for you.
>_
-
> Roughly what time of the day is it? If it's not late evening (i.e. soon night), do the following:
> Spend the time until we can gap again with leisurely walking around a bit, always staying far enough away from Kourindou and the human village to not be seen.
> Then go to Kourindou so we arrive there once we can gap again.
> Does anything look different from last time we were here? Do we hear anything?
> If while walking around we hear any strange noise or screams coming from Kourindou, stop.
-
> Roughly what time of the day is it? If it's not late evening (i.e. soon night), do the following:
> Spend the time until we can gap again with leisurely walking around a bit, always staying far enough away from Kourindou and the human village to not be seen.
> Then go to Kourindou so we arrive there once we can gap again.
> Does anything look different from last time we were here? Do we hear anything?
> If while walking around we hear any strange noise or screams coming from Kourindou, stop.
>It is getting close to midday.
>You decide to take a stroll through the forest, it feels rather empty without any fairies around.
>Regardless, you take it easy for about an hour before you start heading towards Kourindou again.
>From what you can see from the outside, Kourindou still looks the same.
>As you approach, you think that you can hear someone talking loudly inside Kourindou.
>_
-
> Go inside. Be prepared to make quick movements if the need arises.
-
> Go inside. Be prepared to make quick movements if the need arises.
>You continue to walk towards Kourindou before you push open the door and step inside.
>"Come on. What's the worst that could happen?"
>Inside, you see Marisa leaning over the counter, waving a flask filled with a clear liquid at Rinnosuke, who seems to be ignoring Marisa and reading a book.
>Both Rinnosuke and Marisa turn to look at you when you enter.
>"Haven't seen you in a while, ze!"
>_
-
> Damn. That was unexpected. But we can't let that show.
> Put on a faint smile and look at Marisa.
> "Yes, the same goes for me. Hello."
> Greet Rinnosuke, too.
> Take a quick look around. Does anything look different than before? Do we see anything Alice had in her possession before?
> What was our relation with Marisa like before we were trapped inside the border?
?: Just to make sure: No one mention Alice while Marisa is still around. At all.
-
> Damn. That was unexpected. But we can't let that show.
> Put on a faint smile and look at Marisa.
> "Yes, the same goes for me. Hello."
> Greet Rinnosuke, too.
> Take a quick look around. Does anything look different than before? Do we see anything Alice had in her possession before?
> What was our relation with Marisa like before we were trapped inside the border?
>What's she doing here, anyway?
>You quickly adopt a smile and return Marisa's greeting.
>"Where've you been all this time? Somewhere interesting, ze?"
>You extend the greeting to Rinnosuke.
>"Greetings. What brings you here again?"
>You take a look around the store, but you can't see any trace of Alice right now.
>You were quite friendly with Marisa, you would visit her house on occasion when you were bored.
>_
-
> Well, we can't tell her why we're really here. Or where we've been these last two years. At least not now.
> (to Marisa) "Quite so. I've seen a lot of interesting things these past two years; I'll tell you more about it when I've got more time - it's a long story."
> "By the way, what's in that flask you're holding there?"
> Now to make up a good lie...
> (to Rinnosuke) "I'm looking for a fairy. You know how they disappeared a while ago? I thought you might know where I could find one, if there are still any around."
> Are we able to use a gap to make ourselves invisible, provided we stay in the same place? Like, make a gap around us so that the light never touches us and just passes through the space we occupy?
> If so, how long do we think we could hold that gap in place?
Basically, I'm thinking of hiding outside until we see Marisa leave the shop. It would be best if she thinks we left, rather than leaving before us.
-
> Well, we can't tell her why we're really here. Or where we've been these last two years. At least not now.
> (to Marisa) "Quite so. I've seen a lot of interesting things these past two years; I'll tell you more about it when I've got more time - it's a long story."
> "By the way, what's in that flask you're holding there?"
> Now to make up a good lie...
> (to Rinnosuke) "I'm looking for a fairy. You know how they disappeared a while ago? I thought you might know where I could find one, if there are still any around."
> Are we able to use a gap to make ourselves invisible, provided we stay in the same place? Like, make a gap around us so that the light never touches us and just passes through the space we occupy?
> If so, how long do we think we could hold that gap in place?
>There are some things that you want to keep secret.
>"Interesting? I'd love to hear about it, ze!"
>"Can't you tell me now?"
>"This?"
>Marisa shakes the contents of the flask a bit.
>"I tried to recreate something strange I found a while back. I think this one's a winner, ze."
>"Marisa turns to Rinnosuke again.
>"Sure you don't want to see it in action?"
>"Yes."
>Marisa puffs her cheeks.
>"You're no fun, Kourin."
>You address Rinnosuke, asking about fairies.
>"A fairy? I wouldn't have a clue. Why would I know such a thing?"
>Unfortunately, your gaps have a very distinctive look, you cannot hide yourself by surrounding yourself with gaps.
>_
-
> (to Marisa) "I'm afraid I'm in a bit of a hurry. I might come by your house later, though, if you'd like."
> Give her a smile.
> "Sounds interesting. I'd like to hear more about it when we've got time to talk."
> (to Rinnosuke) "That's a shame. I thought someone might have told you. You do get visited by a number of people, after all."
> (to both) "Well then, I have to go now. Goodbye."
> If they don't say anything besides returning our goodbye, go outside.
> Then walk away from Kourindou (not in the direction of the forest or the human village) at a normal pace.
> While walking, listen for anything that sounds like Marisa flying away, but don't turn around.
> If we hear her flying away, continue walking for a few minutes until after we don't hear her anymore.
> Then once we estimate she's far enough away to not see us anymore, turn around and go back to Kourindou.
> Are we able to gap other people into a space similar to the one we can store items in (using a gap of normal size, of course)? If so, how quickly can we do that?
> Also, when gapping other people, are we able to selectively not gap part of them / part of what they're holding or having in their pockets or wearing (i.e. leave that part behind while the rest gets gapped)?
-
> (to Marisa) "I'm afraid I'm in a bit of a hurry. I might come by your house later, though, if you'd like."
> Give her a smile.
> "Sounds interesting. I'd like to hear more about it when we've got time to talk."
> (to Rinnosuke) "That's a shame. I thought someone might have told you. You do get visited by a number of people, after all."
> (to both) "Well then, I have to go now. Goodbye."
> If they don't say anything besides returning our goodbye, go outside.
> Then walk away from Kourindou (not in the direction of the forest or the human village) at a normal pace.
> While walking, listen for anything that sounds like Marisa flying away, but don't turn around.
> If we hear her flying away, continue walking for a few minutes until after we don't hear her anymore.
> Then once we estimate she's far enough away to not see us anymore, turn around and go back to Kourindou.
> Are we able to gap other people into a space similar to the one we can store items in (using a gap of normal size, of course)? If so, how quickly can we do that?
> Also, when gapping other people, are we able to selectively not gap part of them / part of what they're holding or having in their pockets or wearing (i.e. leave that part behind while the rest gets gapped)?
>"That's too bad, ze. Sounds like whatever you were doing was fun."
>"Geez, I was getting used to not having to worry about you popping up randomly."
>You simply respond with a smile.
>"Well, I don't know if it works yet. Kourin here won't let me try it out."
>Marisa sticks her tongue out at Rinnosuke, who simply turns to the next page in his book.
>"Personally, I think that we're better off without those annoying brats anyway."
>You make to leave Kourindou, saying goodbye to Marisa and Rinnosuke.
>"If you're going to visit, can you come through the door for once? It makes things a lot easier on me, ze."
>"Oh, is that all you came for? Until next time, then."
>As you exit Kourindou, you can hear Marisa once more.
>"Pretty please, Kourin?"
>You do not hear the sound of anyone else leaving as you walk away from Kourindou in no particular direction.
>Unfortunately, you can only open a small gap to your storage space.
>If you had full control over boundaries, such a task would be easy for you. Unfortunately, with your limited powers, you do not think that you are capable of such a feat.
>_
-
> Walk around for about an hour, never getting closer to Kourindou than we are right now. Always stay way out of sight.
> Then, go back to Kourindou. If we do not hear any voices other than Rinnosuke's and Alice's while approaching, stop outside and wait for about a minute, then enter, assuming we don't hear anyone else.
> If at any point we do hear anyone else from Kourindou, turn around and walk away again.
> Do we know of any other place that normally only we would be able to enter (apart from maybe some other powerful Youkai)? Like, say, the inside of a sealed cave?
> Would we be able to forcibly gap other people there?
-
> Walk around for about an hour, never getting closer to Kourindou than we are right now. Always stay way out of sight.
> Then, go back to Kourindou. If we do not hear any voices other than Rinnosuke's and Alice's while approaching, stop outside and wait for about a minute, then enter, assuming we don't hear anyone else.
> If at any point we do hear anyone else from Kourindou, turn around and walk away again.
> Do we know of any other place that normally only we would be able to enter (apart from maybe some other powerful Youkai)? Like, say, the inside of a sealed cave?
> Would we be able to forcibly gap other people there?
>You kill some time, lurking around Kourindou for an hour.
>You return to Kourindou and enter. Inside, you see Rinnosuke sitting behind the counter, alone.
>Unfortunately, every area of Gensokyo is fairly accessible.
>You could gap someone else instead of yourself, yes.
>_
-
> For inaccessible areas, how about the inside of the border we were trapped in for 2 years?
> Is the gun we put inside our storage space already loaded?
> If not, would we be able to load it while it's still in there, so we can pull it out ready to shoot?
> Do we see any dolls in the store? Anything lying on the counter or otherwise in Rinnosuke's reach?
> Go to the counter, look at Rinnosuke.
> "Hello again. Earlier, I had forgotten there's something I need to ask Alice... would you happen to know where she is?"
> Give him a faint smile.
Well, gapping him and us inside the border isn't exactly the best idea, though, even if it were to be inaccessible for everyone else. I'm not sure what would happen if we went inside there again.
-
> For inaccessible areas, how about the inside of the border we were trapped in for 2 years?
> Is the gun we put inside our storage space already loaded?
> If not, would we be able to load it while it's still in there, so we can pull it out ready to shoot?
> Do we see any dolls in the store? Anything lying on the counter or otherwise in Rinnosuke's reach?
> Go to the counter, look at Rinnosuke.
> "Hello again. Earlier, I had forgotten there's something I need to ask Alice... would you happen to know where she is?"
> Give him a faint smile.
>You don't think that you could open up another gap to that area again, at least, not without more of your powers back.
>It is not.
>You could.
>You do not see any dolls inside the store.
>There is nothing on the counter, you're not sure about what Rinnosuke has within his reach, other than his book, though.
>"You're back again. You do seem to enjoy visiting this place."
>You walk over to the counter before talking to Rinnosuke and give him a small smile.
>"What business do you have with Alice? She's busy right now."
>_
-
> Laugh a little. "Yes, I guess I do."
> Would loading the gun be audible from this side of the gap? If not:
> While saying the following lines, load the gun inside the storage space; open the gap oriented in such a way that Rinnosuke can't see through it.
> "I need some information pertaining to her special abilities. I don't think you would know anything about it."
> "Well, I don't think she's so busy that she can't spare three minutes."
> Pull the hand out of the gap and close it again.
> Stare at him. "Right, shopkeeper?"
> If it would be audible, say the lines but forgoe opening the gap and loading the gun.
-
> Laugh a little. "Yes, I guess I do."
> Would loading the gun be audible from this side of the gap? If not:
> While saying the following lines, load the gun inside the storage space; open the gap oriented in such a way that Rinnosuke can't see through it.
> "I need some information pertaining to her special abilities. I don't think you would know anything about it."
> "Well, I don't think she's so busy that she can't spare three minutes."
> Pull the hand out of the gap and close it again.
> Stare at him. "Right, shopkeeper?"
> If it would be audible, say the lines but forgoe opening the gap and loading the gun.
>"Is there anything that you want other than Alice right now?"
>You open up a small gap and reach inside to load your revolver.
>Rinnosuke looks up at you.
>"What have you got in there?"
>"Like I said, she's busy right now. You could always ask her later."
>You finish loading the revolver and close the gap after you pull your hand out..
>"I think that she would be rather miffed if you were to interrupt her."
>_
-
>"Indeed I could. However, it's quite puzzling..."
>Glance from side to side; see if we can spot anything out of the norm before turning back to Rinnosuke.
>"Is it normal for people to spend so long in here? It's just a shop, after all."
>"Or could it be that you actually have something of substantial value for once? Or maybe... something more."
_______
Making threats with Rinnosuke, after how well it went down last time, may not be the best idea... though I can see what you're doing on that part, since we have something to go against him this time. He caught sight of the mini gap, so he may be prepared for whatever we pull on him.
However, we didn't see Marisa leave; so it's probably a safe bet that she's with Alice... And I have a sneak feeling why that is.
Also, whilst it's all well and good doing this to make sure we can catch Rinnosuke off guard, there was no point in waiting around FOR A WHOLE HOUR for this. I mean, an hour. Really? We could have easily done something during this time (sneak a peek at the SDM or something) and come back within that time. An hour wasted on spying on Kourindou, whilst good against Kourin, isn't doing the world a favor; let alone being Yukari-like.
Still, we can work with this~ <3
-
> (referring to the mini-gap) "Oh, that? Just something back at home that needed fixing."
Err... actually, if we want to free Alice, we have to make threats against him, anyway. I had planned to either have him lead us to Alice and then point our gun at the back of his head once we get there. Or if he refuses, remind him we can just gap him high into the air or inside a fire.
I guess just waiting for an hour wasn't the best solution. But then how far could we have walked in half an hour, without exerting ourselves too much?
-
> (referring to the mini-gap) "Oh, that? Just something back at home that needed fixing."
>"Is that so...?"
>Rinnosuke eyes you for a moment.
>"Indeed I could. However, it's quite puzzling..."
>Glance from side to side; see if we can spot anything out of the norm before turning back to Rinnosuke.
>"Is it normal for people to spend so long in here? It's just a shop, after all."
>"Or could it be that you actually have something of substantial value for once? Or maybe... something more."
>"Then why don't you?"
>You take a look around the shop, you don't think that you can see anything too unusual.
>"How rude, everything in here is valuable."
>_
-
> Grin a little.
> "Yes, it is. I'm quite busy these days, being in one place at a time just isn't enough."
> Chuckle. Then wipe that grin. Look Rinnosuke in the eyes.
> "I'm in quite a hurry, so I would rather not have to wait. I don't think Alice would want to make me wait, either."
> "Hoh... Still, that must be something quite valuable if it's enough to keep Alice around this much."
-
> Grin a little.
> "Yes, it is. I'm quite busy these days, being in one place at a time just isn't enough."
> Chuckle. Then wipe that grin. Look Rinnosuke in the eyes.
> "I'm in quite a hurry, so I would rather not have to wait. I don't think Alice would want to make me wait, either."
> "Hoh... Still, that must be something quite valuable if it's enough to keep Alice around this much."
>You give Rinnosuke a little grin.
>"You never stayed in one place to begin with."
>You give a small laugh before looking at Rinnosuke in the eyes.
>"I'm sorry, but there's nothing I can do for you."
>"Alice is simply here until she can repay her debt. Though, sometimes, she seems like so much more of a hindrance than a help."
>_
-
> "Oh?"
> Give him an icy grin and stare.
> "Isn't that interesting. If she's in your debt, I think it wouldn't matter to you much whether me asking her now would bother her."
> Make that grin a little wider. Speak somewhat slower.
> "Unless you don't want me to see her right now. Well, shopkeeper?"
> Watch for any movements Rinnosuke makes.
-
> "Oh?"
> Give him an icy grin and stare.
> "Isn't that interesting. If she's in your debt, I think it wouldn't matter to you much whether me asking her now would bother her."
> Make that grin a little wider. Speak somewhat slower.
> "Unless you don't want me to see her right now. Well, shopkeeper?"
> Watch for any movements Rinnosuke makes.
>You stare at Rinnosuke, who puts down his book and stares right back at you.
>"If she's busy, then she's busy."
>You try assuming a more threatening tone.
>"I don't know what you want from me, there's nothing I can do for you right now."
>Rinnosuke is leaning forward in his chair, his arms on the counter supporting his head, and is staring back at you.
>_
-
> Keep that grin up. Speak more lightly.
> "That's a shame, really. Well..."
> Narrow our eyes.
> "... I suppose there would be no problem if I were to clear Alice's debt for her, right?"
> Resume the more threatening tone.
> "So, how much would that be, exactly?"
-
> Keep that grin up. Speak more lightly.
> "That's a shame, really. Well..."
> Narrow our eyes.
> "... I suppose there would be no problem if I were to clear Alice's debt for her, right?"
> Resume the more threatening tone.
> "So, how much would that be, exactly?"
>"Something that I doubt that you would be willing to provide compensation for."
>"Look, if you want to see Alice, you're just going to have to come back later."
>_
-
You know, you're making him a lot more evil than he probably is. I doubt he has a reason to harm Alice seeing as he has full control over her. Do we really need to be this... threatening?
-
You mean except for the part where he has this doll he's using to torture Alice into submitting to him? That sounds pretty evil right there.
Chances are "busy" means either "too hurt to speak" or "dead"; I'm currently guessing (and hoping) it's the former instead of the latter.
If I'm right about that, that also means he's lying to us and fucking with us, which in itself is reason to show him his place.
Also, notice how he doesn't even name a price? Means he doesn't actually want us to pay it.
Furthermore, what would you do instead? Just leave him be? That would be the alternative. I don't think Yukari would just take it, especially not from a mere human.
> Laugh.
> Speak in an amused tone.
> "I think you're underestimating the value of things I have in my possession, shopkeeper."
> "Really, it's almost as if you don't want me to pay."
> "Hmm... do you think I might change your mind if I were to offer you something really expensive?"
Well, negotiation time is pretty much over. Unless someone objects, next would be pulling out that revolver and going "your life should be worth more than enough, right?" and accusing him of lying to us; also, mentioning that we know about that doll and what it does. Instead of pulling the revolver out now, we could also offer him a trip to blazing hell or something similar. Not sure which one would be better; since he's not showing any signs of feeling threatened, it's possible he has something up his sleeve against attacks of ours that he expects (i.e. gaps). Luring him out of the shop might be a good idea, though that would mean other people could see us threatening him, which would be bad.
?: It's also possible he just has a deal with the shrine maiden and is going to threaten us with getting beat up by her.
-
> Laugh.
> Speak in an amused tone.
> "I think you're underestimating the value of things I have in my possession, shopkeeper."
> "Really, it's almost as if you don't want me to pay."
> "Hmm... do you think I might change your mind if I were to offer you something really expensive?"
>You laugh at Rinnosuke, he doesn't seem very amused.
>"I know fully well what kind of trinkets you possess."
>"Fine then, make me an offer. Something equal in value to a life."
>_
-
Sounds like a golden opening right there.
>Gap in the gun and aim it at him.
>"How about another life? Yours, for instance?"
>"Oh, and don't make any moves. This thing works very quickly."
>If he moves, shoot him.
-
>Gap in the gun and aim it at him.
>"How about another life? Yours, for instance?"
>"Oh, and don't make any moves. This thing works very quickly."
>If he moves, shoot him.
>You open up a small gap to your right, which you thrust your arm into, grabbing the revolver before pulling your arm out and pointing it right at Rinnosuke.
>You can see a surprised expression run across Rinnosuke's face as he sees the revolver.
>"So, is this what you've been reduced to?"
>"I've seen how that thing works."
>_
-
> Seems he's underestimating us.
> Give him a toothy grin. Speak somewhat lightly, but still threatening.
> "Reduced? Not quite. You know what I'm capable of, but you still didn't even flinch earlier..."
> "So I thought you might understand your situation better if I use something you're more familiar with."
> "Of course, if you prefer, I could send you to blazing hell instead of shooting you. Maybe after spreading your limbs around Gensokyo?"
> "Now that we're clear about that..."
> Wipe that grin. Speak with a tinge of anger in our voice.
> "As you may have noticed, I'm not taking kindly to you lying to me. I know about that doll of yours."
> A little more anger.
> "I'm assuming Alice is not actually busy..." Narrow our eyes. "You did something to her, shopkeeper."
> "First, you will tell me how Alice came to have that debt, what you did to her and where she is."
Once we know that, I'd say we squeeze any other information we might need out of him now, before having him lead us to Alice.
That way, we won't have to do that once we free Alice (meaning she won't have to listen to his voice and she'll be free to beat him to a pulp right away if she can and wants to; which means we won't have to stop or otherwise annoy her).
?: We'll also want to get our hands on that doll.
-
> Seems he's underestimating us.
> Give him a toothy grin. Speak somewhat lightly, but still threatening.
> "Reduced? Not quite. You know what I'm capable of, but you still didn't even flinch earlier..."
> "So I thought you might understand your situation better if I use something you're more familiar with."
> "Of course, if you prefer, I could send you to blazing hell instead of shooting you. Maybe after spreading your limbs around Gensokyo?"
> "Now that we're clear about that..."
> Wipe that grin. Speak with a tinge of anger in our voice.
> "As you may have noticed, I'm not taking kindly to you lying to me. I know about that doll of yours."
> A little more anger.
> "I'm assuming Alice is not actually busy..." Narrow our eyes. "You did something to her, shopkeeper."
> "First, you will tell me how Alice came to have that debt, what you did to her and where she is."
>He should know to not underestimate you, right?
>You widen your smile. Rinnosuke's expression does not change, he continues to stare at you, resting his head on his hands.
>"Of course I know what you're capable of. I'm saddened by the fact that the great gap youkai has to resort to brute force to get what she wants."
>You drop the smile once more.
>"And? What of it?"
>You allow your anger to come closer to the surface.
>"I have said that she's busy, and that is what she is. I have done nothing."
>"I wouldn't know why she needed money from me. But she was more than willing to take on this debt at the time."
>"What have I done? I have simply taken the necessary precautions so that Alice will pay back her debt properly."
>"As for what Alice is doing now? She is with Marisa."
>"Why are you so interested in her?"
>_
-
> (this line in a slightly spiteful voice) "Hoh... Considering your method of forcing Alice to pay her debt, that sounds just a little ironic."
> "She didn't seem too happy when she told me about the predicament she's in... I doubt she was that willing to take on the debt."
> "So you actually did nothing this time."
> "Does Marisa know about Alice's debt and your way of enforcing it?"
> "You don't need to know that, shopkeeper."
> Are we able to gap us and another person at the same time or directly one after the other?
> "Now, there's a few other things I want to ask you."
> "What do you know about the Hakurei shrine maiden and about the state of the border? Tell me everything you know."
Well, seems Alice took on that debt because of Reimu. Though Yukari doesn't know that yet.
If Marisa doesn't know what Rinnosuke did to Alice, I think we could let her in on this, i.e. just gap Rinnosuke and us to Marisa once he told us everything we want to know and we have the doll.
If Marisa already knows about it... well, ugh. I hope she doesn't.
?: I'll probably be away for like a day.
-
> (this line in a slightly spiteful voice) "Hoh... Considering your method of forcing Alice to pay her debt, that sounds just a little ironic."
> "She didn't seem too happy when she told me about the predicament she's in... I doubt she was that willing to take on the debt."
> "So you actually did nothing this time."
> "Does Marisa know about Alice's debt and your way of enforcing it?"
> "You don't need to know that, shopkeeper."
> Are we able to gap us and another person at the same time or directly one after the other?
> "Now, there's a few other things I want to ask you."
> "What do you know about the Hakurei shrine maiden and about the state of the border? Tell me everything you know."
>"This is a deal that we both agreed upon. What you're doing is nothing short of extortion."
>"Regardless, she was the one that came to me for help."
>"And what have I done at any other time?"
>"Naturally. I make no efforts to hide what I do."
>"Is that so?"
>Probably not, you cannot create gaps large enough to fit more than one person and you do not think that you could hold the gap open long enough to get two people through one after another.
>"Pushy, aren't we?"
>"The border? I know nothing. I thought that was your area of expertise."
>"As for Reimu, she supposedly works to maintain the border's current state. She demands compensation for her efforts, in the form of donations."
>"You really have been out of the loop for these past two years, haven't you?"
>_
-
>Sounds like we need to talk to Reimu. But first things first.
>"I know about your little doll thing, you know. I kinda-sorta promised Alice I'd help her out with that little problem, and I don't fancy going back on my word. So here's the deal: I don't care if she took on the debt willingly. You release her from it, I let you live. You don't release her, well, it's hard for a dead man to collect debts."
>"Alice is going free. That's not negotiable. The question is: do you want to live past it?"
-
Okay, I've watched long enough. We are not going to outright tell Rinnosuke we're going to kill him if he doesn't do what we tell him. It's not Yukari-like at all, and I certainly advise against it. I can roll, some what, with what you've done so far; but I can at least try to get some form of character-ness back, if possible.
In other words...
>instead of the above...
>"Out of the loop? Maybe. After all, I'm sure we've had our own incidents during this time."
>"Whilst I could indeed use this to kill you, I think we both know something very bad must have happened for me to contemplate that certain approach; never mind against someone I've assisted in the past."
>Ease up a little.
>"However, when Alice herself pleas for help, whether you say she was willing to do so at the beginning or not, signifies that something has happened that she can no longer tolerate."
>"So maybe, instead of using unnecessary violence, we solve this in a simpler way; like the good old days."
>"I do you a favour, like something you need or wanted from somewhere outside of your reach or area, and I take Alice away with me at its conclusion. Surely that's acceptable enough for you; if anything, it beats having to use this thing."
Is this better for you all? I don't want to have to use that thing; and to be fair, I don't think Yukari would like to either. I'm trying to avoid going on the 'Hatate Special with added DEATH' route, simply because enough people have died. Whether Kourin is doing something bad or not, we can avoid killing people; much less demanding he do stuff over said gun.
-
>Sounds like we need to talk to Reimu. But first things first.
>"I know about your little doll thing, you know. I kinda-sorta promised Alice I'd help her out with that little problem, and I don't fancy going back on my word. So here's the deal: I don't care if she took on the debt willingly. You release her from it, I let you live. You don't release her, well, it's hard for a dead man to collect debts."
>"Alice is going free. That's not negotiable. The question is: do you want to live past it?"
>You've already decided that you need to talk with Reimu sometime or another.
>instead of the above...
>"Out of the loop? Maybe. After all, I'm sure we've had our own incidents during this time."
>"Whilst I could indeed use this to kill you, I think we both know something very bad must have happened for me to contemplate that certain approach; never mind against someone I've assisted in the past."
>Ease up a little.
>"However, when Alice herself pleas for help, whether you say she was willing to do so at the beginning or not, signifies that something has happened that she can no longer tolerate."
>"So maybe, instead of using unnecessary violence, we solve this in a simpler way; like the good old days."
>"I do you a favour, like something you need or wanted from somewhere outside of your reach or area, and I take Alice away with me at its conclusion. Surely that's acceptable enough for you; if anything, it beats having to use this thing."
>You decide that threatening Rinnosuke isn't getting you anywhere, and try a different approach.
>"I'm still rather curious on what your story is. You are a rather fascinating person, after all."
>"Indeed."
>You relax slightly.
>"It is not my fault if she failed to realize the implications of her agreement."
>"You're the only one here causing unnecessary violence."
>"What brings about this change of heart?"
>_
-
>"Why I'm charmed. I'm not as fascinating as you make me out to be, however."
>"It's not a case of things being 'violent' until it truly gets out of hand. Surely you know I've annoyed Reimu and co in such a way before; well, minus the gun waving. But you catch my drift, no~ <3"
>"Informing you of my story would certainly grant your attention. However, I would like to know more about the 'implications of her agreement' first. Information for information; that's just as good as anything, no?"
>Wink.
>"And no catching me out by providing the bare minimals, mister. I want to know how she got into this, along with what was agreed and what has happened since. My story would be fine in return."
-
>"Why I'm charmed. I'm not as fascinating as you make me out to be, however."
>"It's not a case of things being 'violent' until it truly gets out of hand. Surely you know I've annoyed Reimu and co in such a way before; well, minus the gun waving. But you catch my drift, no~ <3"
>"Informing you of my story would certainly grant your attention. However, I would like to know more about the 'implications of her agreement' first. Information for information; that's just as good as anything, no?"
>Wink.
>"And no catching me out by providing the bare minimals, mister. I want to know how she got into this, along with what was agreed and what has happened since. My story would be fine in return."
>"I think that many people would argue to the contrary, but this is of no importance."
>"Indeed, you are one that gets what they want."
>"It's better than giving information for nothing in return."
>"A few weeks ago, Alice asked for my assistance in collecting enough funds to make a proper donation to Reimu. She agreed to work for me, and to give me a strand of her hair. I took the necessary precautions to make sure that Alice would keep her end of the deal, and she has been here ever since."
>_
-
>Frown a little.
>"My, my. Was it really necessary to restrict her so much? Keeping her here 24/7 would drive anyone mad. The child does have a house of her own; one that I'm pretty sure she would like to return to after work."
>"I must admit, it's certainly an efficient way of making sure she works. Though surely you can release that hold on her. The thing is causing a great deal of pain for her."
>"To make the point a little more clearer, how better do you think one would work? In pain? In despair? Perhaps knowing that they still have a place they can go to to rest properly, ready for another day of work in a manner that doesn't resolve being chained to something? I don't know about you, but I'm pretty sure after what that girl has gone through so far, being allowed out properly without being harmed in such a manner would warrant a work state better then what I saw when I came here before."
[Yes, I am referring to the arm bending scene from the beginning of the quest.]
-
>Frown a little.
>"My, my. Was it really necessary to restrict her so much? Keeping her here 24/7 would drive anyone mad. The child does have a house of her own; one that I'm pretty sure she would like to return to after work."
>"I must admit, it's certainly an efficient way of making sure she works. Though surely you can release that hold on her. The thing is causing a great deal of pain for her."
>"To make the point a little more clearer, how better do you think one would work? In pain? In despair? Perhaps knowing that they still have a place they can go to to rest properly, ready for another day of work in a manner that doesn't resolve being chained to something? I don't know about you, but I'm pretty sure after what that girl has gone through so far, being allowed out properly without being harmed in such a manner would warrant a work state better then what I saw when I came here before."
>You give Rinnosuke a small frown, which he returns to you.
>"You're going to force me to release her irregardless of what I say, are you not?"
>_
-
>"Please. I wouldn't say forced at all~ <3 She'd still be working for you, since that was the original agreement. And from what I've heard, Reimu has turned into quite the demanding shrine maiden."
>"All I'm asking is that she be allowed to actually go home. Surely it can't hurt you that much; and I'm sure we can all work out a better way around this."
-
>"Please. I wouldn't say forced at all~ <3 She'd still be working for you, since that was the original agreement. And from what I've heard, Reimu has turned into quite the demanding shrine maiden."
>"All I'm asking is that she be allowed to actually go home. Surely it can't hurt you that much; and I'm sure we can all work out a better way around this."
>"I suppose."
>_
-
>"Indeed."
>"So, now that we've got that sorted some what. I'll tell you what I've been doing..."
>Grin a little.
>"Nothing. That's right, nothing. Nothing for 2 whole years thanks to whoever caused this incident in the first place."
>"Since I'm well known for watching over Gensokyo, I only have one main goal in mind. Finding out whoever is responsible for this mess and sorting it out; by any means necessary."
>Sigh a little.
>"However, it seems Reimu has cropped up in the majority of talks I've had so far. And none of them, by the sounds of it, have been good."
-
>"Indeed."
>"So, now that we've got that sorted some what. I'll tell you what I've been doing..."
>Grin a little.
>"Nothing. That's right, nothing. Nothing for 2 whole years thanks to whoever caused this incident in the first place."
>"Since I'm well known for watching over Gensokyo, I only have one main goal in mind. Finding out whoever is responsible for this mess and sorting it out; by any means necessary."
>Sigh a little.
>"However, it seems Reimu has cropped up in the majority of talks I've had so far. And none of them, by the sounds of it, have been good."
>"Hmm?"
>You give Rinnosuke a small grin as you tell him that you've spent the past two years doing nothing.
>You see Rinnosuke slip a little.
>"What?"
>"You've been doing absolutely nothing for the past two years?"
>_
-
>Wow.. That actually caught him off guard...
>Well, if the gun is still being pointed at him, lower it; at least get it out of his face.
>"I'm fairly certain I don't have to repeat myself~ <3"
>"I've been waiting... and waiting... and waiting... It gets pretty horrid knowing anything could be happening to the one place you love most while you're sealed away somewhere."
>"So then, I do hope if you've collected yourself enough, I'd like to know what you know. And before you give me the exact same reply as you did last time, please note that I have stuff I need to be doing as well. So the quicker we make this, the sooner I can get on to making sense of this mess and restoring Gensokyo."
-
>Wow.. That actually caught him off guard...
>Well, if the gun is still being pointed at him, lower it; at least get it out of his face.
>"I'm fairly certain I don't have to repeat myself~ <3"
>"I've been waiting... and waiting... and waiting... It gets pretty horrid knowing anything could be happening to the one place you love most while you're sealed away somewhere."
>"So then, I do hope if you've collected yourself enough, I'd like to know what you know. And before you give me the exact same reply as you did last time, please note that I have stuff I need to be doing as well. So the quicker we make this, the sooner I can get on to making sense of this mess and restoring Gensokyo."
>Was it really that surprising?
>You lower your gun slightly.
>Rinnosuke is speechless.
>"I've already told you what I know."
>_
-
>Frown a little.
>"Guess I really do need to go elsewhere then."
>"Well, at the very least, solving the odd issue here and there is quite fulfilling. Perhaps when I return again, the work atmosphere, and the relation between you two, will be some what better."
>Let's walk towards the door; don't leave yet, though.
>"So, unless there's anything you want from outside before I go, I'll be taking my leave."
-
>Frown a little.
>"Guess I really do need to go elsewhere then."
>"Well, at the very least, solving the odd issue here and there is quite fulfilling. Perhaps when I return again, the work atmosphere, and the relation between you two, will be some what better."
>Let's walk towards the door; don't leave yet, though.
>"So, unless there's anything you want from outside before I go, I'll be taking my leave."
>You give Rinnosuke another frown.
>"It looks that way."
>"Perhaps."
>You begin to walk away, towards the entrance. You hear Rinnosuke sighing behind you.
>_
-
>"I certainly hope that you do. Well then, I'll be taking my leave then..."
>Pause for a second.
>"Well, at least when you tell me where Marisa went?"
[Hehehe~ Forgot something.]
-
>"I certainly hope that you do. Well then, I'll be taking my leave then..."
>Pause for a second.
>"Well, at least when you tell me where Marisa went?"
>"Farewell, then."
>Before you leave, though, you stop for a moment.
>"Marisa? She's gone off to test that potion she was carrying."
>_
-
>"Test? On Alice, I presume?"
-
>"Test? On Alice, I presume?"
>"I wouldn't know what she intends to do with that thing."
>_
-
>"Well seeing as how I didn't see her come out of here at all..."
>Grin a little.
>"I'd say you told her to do as she pleases; one way or another~ <3"
-
>"Well seeing as how I didn't see her come out of here at all..."
>Grin a little.
>"I'd say you told her to do as she pleases; one way or another~ <3"
>Rinnosuke says nothing, in return you give him a small grin.
>"What of it?"
>_
-
[to add to the end of the next action taken, if possible]
>"Tell me, Rinnosuke. Do you miss the good old days? Is that the world we should be striving for, or would it be best of me to not worry about it and adapt to the new world?"
It's been a while since I've been a part of the quest-what do we now about Marisa?
-
>"Tell me, Rinnosuke. Do you miss the good old days? Is that the world we should be striving for, or would it be best of me to not worry about it and adapt to the new world?"
>Rinnosuke says nothing to your first question.
>"Unless you think that you can change this world, there isn't much else that you can do, is there?"
>_
-
>"Oh I believe I can fix this world..."
>"The question should be, do you intend to sit around and tie people to your house just so you can 'keep an eye on them' whilst the Gensokyo you know falls apart around you? Well, the answer to that is no longer questionable. So I'll ask this instead..."
>Open the door.
>"Will you actually help, Rinnosuke Morichika?"
-
>"Oh I believe I can fix this world..."
>"The question should be, do you intend to sit around and tie people to your house just so you can 'keep an eye on them' whilst the Gensokyo you know falls apart around you? Well, the answer to that is no longer questionable. So I'll ask this instead..."
>Open the door.
>"Will you actually help, Rinnosuke Morichika?"
>"I'll enjoy watching you try."
>You open the door.
>"That depends."
>_
-
>"That depends on what?"
>Say this next part a little colder with every question.
>"Whether you get money out of it or not? Whether it bothers you enough to actually stop tormenting that girl over every single thing to properly check? Or perhaps when something actually happens to you, instead of everyone else?"
-
>"That depends on what?"
>Say this next part a little colder with every question.
>"Whether you get money out of it or not? Whether it bothers you enough to actually stop tormenting that girl over every single thing to properly check? Or perhaps when something actually happens to you, instead of everyone else?"
>"On a variety of things."
>You feel a sense of disgust towards Rinnosuke right now.
>"Money? What good does that do?"
>"Alice? What happens to that girl in the end doesn't affect me."
>"My well being? Well, yes, that is important."
>_
-
>"My, how selfish of you. Though it seems I shouldn't expect anything else..."
>"Then how about I leave you with a piece of advice... If you don't care about anything outside of this shop, or yourself, I suggest you cease everything you're doing right now and disappear."
>Walk out the door.
>"Because I don't have the time, or the space in my heart, for people like you right now."
>Close the door; make sure it's hard enough to seal the point, but not too hard that the stupid thing breaks.
-
>"My, how selfish of you. Though it seems I shouldn't expect anything else..."
>"Then how about I leave you with a piece of advice... If you don't care about anything outside of this shop, or yourself, I suggest you cease everything you're doing right now and disappear."
>Walk out the door.
>"Because I don't have the time, or the space in my heart, for people like you right now."
>Close the door; make sure it's hard enough to seal the point, but not too hard that the stupid thing breaks.
>"Is that so."
>You leave Rinnosuke a few words as you take your leave.
>"I'll be sure to keep your advice in mind."
>You slam the door shut behind you when you pass through it.
>_
-
>Okay... perhaps a move on...
>Locations; or at least, how far roughly to the following places:
>SDM
>Eientei
>Youkai Mountain
>>Each main location, such as any Tengu/Kappa village, the Mountain Shrine, etc.
>Garden of the Sun
>Human Village
>Entrance to Former Hell
>Include possible time lengths from those places to home as well; in case we go back there first.
-
>Okay... perhaps a move on...
>Locations; or at least, how far roughly to the following places:
>SDM
>Eientei
>Youkai Mountain
>>Each main location, such as any Tengu/Kappa village, the Mountain Shrine, etc.
>Garden of the Sun
>Human Village
>Entrance to Former Hell
>Include possible time lengths from those places to home as well; in case we go back there first.
>You've had enough of this place, you think it may be time for a change in scenery.
>To reach both the SDM and Eientei should take around an hour by flight.
>It should take roughly one and a half hours to reach the foot of Youkai Mountain.
>To reach the peak of Youkai Mountain, where the Moriya Shrine is located, would take around another twenty minutes.
>It would take five minutes to reach the Kappa Town from the foot of the mountain and fifteen minutes to reach the Tengu Village.
>Reaching the Garden of the Sun should take around one and a half hours of flight.
>Reaching the Human Village would take less than five minutes.
>The entrance to the Former Hell would take around forty minutes by flight to reach.
>From Mayohiga, it would take roughly two and half hours to reach the SDM.
>From Mayohiga, it would take roughly two hours to reach Eientei.
>From Mayohiga, it would take roughly three hours to reach the foot of Youkai Mountain.
>From Mayohiga, it would take roughly three hours to reach the Garden of the Sun.
>From Mayohiga, it would take roughly an hour to reach the Human Village.
>From Mayohiga, it would take roughly one and a half hours to reach the entrance to the Former Hell.
>_
-
>Head for the human village. Haven't been there yet.
-
>Head for the human village. Haven't been there yet.
>You decide that, since you're already nearby, you may as well check out the Human Village.
>You notice nothing of note as you make your way to the Human Village.
>Upon arrival, before you can enter, you're stopped by two armored humans.
>"Halt! Who goes there?"
>_
-
>"Oh... hello."
>Inspect armored humans.
-
>"Oh... hello."
>Inspect armored humans.
>"State your business."
>You look at the humans. Both are clad in steel armor, though neither seem to be wearing a helmet. The human that is addressing you appears to be unarmed, the other human is holding a short spear.
>_
-
Time to be the Yukari I like~
>A charming smile for our new 'friends.'
>"I'm simply here to see how the village has been; it has been a while since I saw it~ Can't say I remember seeing such a worthy pair of guardians such as yourselves before."
-
>A charming smile for our new 'friends.'
>"I'm simply here to see how the village has been; it has been a while since I saw it~ Can't say I remember seeing such a worthy pair of guardians such as yourselves before."
>You give the two humans a smile.
>The human holding the spear returns your smile.
>"What relation do you have to the village, and do you have any other reason to be here?"
>_
-
> recall if we knew anyone in the human village and our relationship and what there status was before.
-
> State that you wish to speak with Keine, as she should be somewhere in the village, and should be knowledgeable of the events you missed
-
> recall if we knew anyone in the human village and our relationship and what there status was before.
>As far as you know, Keine Kamishirasawa and Heida no Akyu reside within the human village.
>You have not spoken much with Keine, though you do know that she works as a teacher, and that she has the ability to manipulate history.
>You are acquainted with Heida no Akyu, who records the history of Gensokyo.
>As far as you recall, both figures were fairly well respected within the village.
> State that you wish to speak with Keine, as she should be somewhere in the village, and should be knowledgeable of the events you missed
>How do you wish to state this?
>_
-
>How do you wish to state this?
> State that you wish to see Heida no Akyu, as there is something in the history of Gensokyo that you are curious about. Offer the guards the chance to escort you through the town, if doing so would put their minds at ease.
We want to be polite to the humans. I dont think they'll take kindly to us being too forceful, might misread our intentions as 'I want to at you'.
And I kinda forgot about Heida. She's probobly better to see to get an idea of what's going on than Keine... although if action is needed Keine might be the better choice.
-
> State that you wish to see Heida no Akyu, as there is something in the history of Gensokyo that you are curious about. Offer the guards the chance to escort you through the town, if doing so would put their minds at ease.
>You simply state that you wish to speak with Heida no Akyu regarding the history of Gensokyo.
>"Before we allow you to enter, we will have to search you. Do you mind?"
>_
-
> Do we still have the revolver?
-
> Do we still have the revolver?
>You do.
>_
-
Crap. We're gonna have to ditch the revolver somehow if we want to get into the village.
> Inventory
-
> Inventory
>You have the purple dress that you are currently wearing.
>You are currently carrying a loaded revolver.
>You have your spellcards, as well as a small fan, inside your bag.
>_
-
Couldn't we just drop it in a storage gap for a bit?
-
Couldn't we just drop it in a storage gap for a bit?
We could try, though we'd have to do it discretely.
-
They dont even know what a gun is, as far as i know only you and rinnosuke know what it is and does. Remeber its an outside item, could probably pass it off as something random.
-
But remember, we can't rule out that Rinno might have told them.
It was mentioned back in Nitori Quest that the border kinda went ker-splooey and the outside started causing a ruckus in Gensokyo.
So it's only logical that we'd have to consider that as players. And Yukari would likely be the sort to worry about that too.
>Is it possible to make a small enough Storage Gap that they wouldn't notice us stowing the Revolver in there?
-
>Is it possible to make a small enough Storage Gap that they wouldn't notice us stowing the Revolver in there?
>You believe that it would be near impossible for the two guards to fail to notice you creating a gap large enough to fit the revolver inside from your current position.
>_
-
Let's just hand it over and get it back when we leave.
>"You'll probably want this, then."
>Hand them the revolver.
>"I will be getting that back when I leave, I assume."
-
>"You'll probably want this, then."
>Hand them the revolver.
>"I will be getting that back when I leave, I assume."
>You hold the revolver out to the unarmed guard, who eyes you with suspicion.
>"What is that?"
>_
-
>You hold the revolver out to the unarmed guard, who eyes you with suspicion.
>"What is that?"
> An item given to me by Rinnosuke. He called it a revolver, but just because he knows the name of an item dosen't mean his discription of it's purpose is accurate. I don't want to risk bringing a potentially dangerous item into the human village anymore than you would want to.
-
> "An item given to me by Rinnosuke. He called it a revolver, but just because he knows the name of an item doesn't mean his description of it's purpose is accurate. I do not want to risk bringing a potentially dangerous item into the human village anymore than you would want to."
Fix'd.
-
> "An item given to me by Rinnosuke. He called it a revolver, but just because he knows the name of an item dosen't mean his discription of it's purpose is accurate. I don't want to risk bringing a potentially dangerous item into the human village anymore than you would want to."
>"And why would you be carrying such an object?"
>"We will still need to search you regardless."
>_
-
> Because I found it intrigueing myself, and if it turns out that it is dangerous, I am also the best suited to... remove it.
> Go ahead. I have nothing to hide.
-
Well at least try to take note of where the gun is after the search = so we can later open a gap to it and take it.
-
> Because I found it intrigueing myself, and if it turns out that it is dangerous, I am also the best suited to... remove it.
> Go ahead. I have nothing to hide.
>"Hey, don't you think that it's better if we leave that kind of thing alone?"
>The human holding the spear looks at the revolver with a worried expression.
>"It'll be fine."
>The unarmed human takes the revolver from your hands.
>"Now, could you please empty that bag?"
>_
-
>Do so.
-
>Do so.
>You empty your bag onto the floor in front of you.
>"Spellcards?"
>Both guards give you a strange look.
>"Who, or what, are you?"
>_
-
>"As I said before, I'm an acquaintance of Heida no Akyu who has come to discuss something important about the history of Gensokyo; and to offer a hand where possible..."
>"Before you ask, they are my cards and I shall not be parting with them. Is that all?"
-
>"As I said before, I'm an acquaintance of Heida no Akyu who has come to discuss something important about the history of Gensokyo; and to offer a hand where possible..."
>"Before you ask, they are my cards and I shall not be parting with them. Is that all?"
>The unarmed guard continues to eye you with suspicion.
>"We still need to check you for any concealed items on your personnel."
>_
-
>"Then do what you must. Nothing bad now~ <3"
>Allow the check to finish.
-
>"Then do what you must. Nothing bad now~ <3"
>Allow the check to finish.
>The guard pats your body, asking you to lift your arms at one point so that he can check your sides.
>After a few minutes, the guard seems to have been unable to find anything on you, though he still eyes you with suspicion.
>"You said that you would not mind us accompanying you to Hieda no Akyu's residence."
>The unarmed guard turns towards the other guard.
>"You, stay here."
>He faces towards you once more.
>"Shall we?"
>_
-
>"Well, it would be wrong of me if I said otherwise now..."
>Smile, then proceed to walking.
-
>"Well, it would be wrong of me if I said otherwise now..."
>Smile, then proceed to walking.
>You give the human a smile and proceed to walk towards Hieda no Akyu's residence with him.
>After a short period of time, you find yourself in front of a small gate.
>_
-
>Observer surroundings, anything out of the ordinary
>ask the guard "Will you be accompanying me inside also?"
-
>Observer surroundings, anything out of the ordinary
>ask the guard "Will you be accompanying me inside also?"
>Nothing about your immediate surroundings seem to be off, though the human village in general no longer has the friendly atmosphere it once had.
>"I suppose not..."
>The human turns to take his leave.
>_
-
>"Very wel, then. I'll see you once I'm done here."
>Assuming no objections, enter.
-
>flip the guard off as he walks away
>sigh a bit, so much walking today....
>open the gate and enter akyus house.
-
>"Very wel, then. I'll see you once I'm done here."
>The guard turns around momentarily before continuing to go back towards the gate.
>"I had better not hear of any trouble occurring around here."
>flip the guard off as he walks away
>sigh a bit, so much walking today....
>How dare they question your actions.
>You let out a small sigh. Looks like today will be another busy day.
>Assuming no objections, enter.
>open the gate and enter akyus house.
>You try pushing open the gate, only to find that the gate is locked. Perhaps you should try knocking?
>_
-
>Do that.
-
>If nothing happens: "Hello?" Not loud enough for it to attract useless attention, but loud enough for it to be heard at all!
-
>Do that.
>You take hold of the handle and knock it against the door.
>If nothing happens: "Hello?" Not loud enough for it to attract useless attention, but loud enough for it to be heard at all!
>You wait for a moment, and there is no response.
>As you're about to call for someone, the gate begins to open.
>The gate swings open to reveal a young human in casual attire.
>"May I help you?"
>_
-
>Assuming it's not Akyu, or a possible reincarnation: "Hello, is Heida no Akyu present?"
-
>Assuming it's not Akyu, or a possible reincarnation: "Hello, is Heida no Akyu present?"
>"She is, do you have business with her?"
>_
-
>"ah yes could you tell akyu, yukari yakumo has arrived" in a polite voice
one does not simply walk into akyus house
-
>"ah yes could you tell akyu, yukari yakumo has arrived" in a polite voice
>"Yukari Yakumo... Got it."
>The human turns back towards the house, before continuing to turn to face you once more.
>"Wait, Yukari Yakumo? I've heard of you before. You're a youkai, aren't you?"
>_
-
>"Thats the one" smile while saying this
I do not lie
-
>"Thats the one" smile while saying this
>You give the young human a smile as you confirm her thoughts.
>"Thats..."
>The human pauses, seemingly unsure of what to say.
>"So cool!"
>"Really? You're a youkai? What can you do? Do you really eat people?"
>_
-
>"why yes i do eat humans" then eat the human
>"could you invite me inside first and have some tea?"
>"id really like to see akyu first though"
-
>"why yes i do eat humans" then eat the human
>"could you invite me inside first and have some tea?"
>"id really like to see akyu first though"
>"Kyaaaaaaah~! I didn't mean that kind of eat~!" The human moans loudly.
>"Ah... My apologies, I'll inform lady Hieda that she has a guest. Please wait for just a moment."
>The human turns once more and begins to head towards the house.
>_
-
>Guess we should wait.
>Did we recognise that person at all?
-
>Guess we should wait.
>Did we recognise that person at all?
>You decide to wait. A few minutes pass by before the human comes back into your sight, at Akyu's side.
>"Oh, it really is you, miss Yakumo. It has been some time since we last spoke, what brings you here?"
>You did not.
>_
-
>"Indeed it has... It's good to see you again, at least."
>"I actually wanted to speak to you."
>Smile.
>"It's quite urgent... Though you didn't hear me say that."
>Wink.
-
>"Indeed it has... It's good to see you again, at least."
>"I actually wanted to speak to you."
>Smile.
>"It's quite urgent... Though you didn't hear me say that."
>Wink.
>"Have you been well?"
>"You wish to speak with me?"
>"Chiyo, go prepare some tea for our guest."
>"Yes, ma'am."
>The young human bows before leaving.
>You smile and give Akyu a wink as you speak.
>"Is that so? Well, come in."
>_
-
>"Thank you."
>Follow her inside.
-
>"Thank you."
>Follow her inside.
>You thank Akyu before following her inside her home.
>Akyu leads you to a small room with a low table at the center.
>"Would you like to take a seat?"
>_
-
>"Why thank you~"
>Sit down and wait for Akyu to follow suit.
>"Before I start, I feel the need to say what an adorable little girl you have here~"
-
>"Why thank you~"
>Sit down and wait for Akyu to follow suit.
>"Before I start, I feel the need to say what an adorable little girl you have here~"
>"It is no problem. Chiyo should be here with some tea shortly."
>You take a seat, and Akyu soon takes one opposite you.
>"Why, thank you. I do hope that she hasn't offended you, though."
>"So, what brings you here, Ms. Yakumo?"
>_
-
>"Oh, she hasn't. In fact, she seems very interested in me~"
>Cough a little; stay on track.
>"It may sound weird... but I'm actually here for your help. I have some blanks I need filling in, history wise."
>Lean forward a little.
>"I was hoping you could fill me in with what you know; starting from 2 years ago."
-
>"Oh, she hasn't. In fact, she seems very interested in me~"
>Cough a little; stay on track.
>"It may sound weird... but I'm actually here for your help. I have some blanks I need filling in, history wise."
>Lean forward a little.
>"I was hoping you could fill me in with what you know; starting from 2 years ago."
>"Understandable, as she hasn't had many chances to see the world."
>You cough as you bring yourself back to what you came here for.
>"You require my help?"
>"What I know?"
>As Akyu asks this, the human from earlier enters the room, carrying a tray with two cups of tea.
>She places a cup in front of you before giving one to Akyu, who thanks her for the tea.
>Once she's passed the tea to the two of you, she bows and leaves the room again.
>As the human leaves, Akyu turns to face you once more.
>"Has something happened to you over the past two years?"
>_
-
>"You could say that... Though the same could be said for everyone else, it seems~"
>Take a sip of the tea.
>"I must have missed the day the village decided to raise its security, however."
-
>"You could say that... Though the same could be said for everyone else, it seems~"
>Take a sip of the tea.
>"I must have missed the day the village decided to raise its security, however."
>"Indeed."
>You take a sip of the tea, it's rather nice.
>"That happened a fairly long time ago, when attempts to raid the human village were becoming a common occurrence."
>"Even though this stopped, they decided to keep the higher level of security, if only for peace of mind."
>_
-
>"I can't say I don't like it; if anything, it means I can stop looking over the village as much as I used to~ <3"
>"So no UFOs stabbing random humans then?"
>"I have many concerns about the way Gensokyo is right now; but the first one I have to address..."
>Breath slightly.
>"Is Reimu."
-
>"I can't say I don't like it; if anything, it means I can stop looking over the village as much as I used to~ <3"
>"So no UFOs stabbing random humans then?"
>"I have many concerns about the way Gensokyo is right now; but the first one I have to address..."
>Breath slightly.
>"Is Reimu."
>"Will that stop you from watching it regardless, though?"
>"Of course not, don't be ridiculous. What kind of UFO would simply stab a human? Oh no, there are far worse fates for those that do not manage to avoid those flying terrors."
>"Yes?"
>Akyu waits for you to continue speaking.
>"The Hakurei miko? What do you wish to know about her?"
>_
-
>"I've been hearing quite a bit about her lately... most of it, I'm afraid, has not been too pleasing; especially given the state of the mountain's miko."
>"What do you know, if anything? Tell me as much as you can."
-
>"I've been hearing quite a bit about her lately... most of it, I'm afraid, has not been too pleasing; especially given the state of the mountain's miko."
>"What do you know, if anything? Tell me as much as you can."
>Akyu sips on her tea as you ask her about Reimu.
>"The Hakurei miko... Unfortunately, she is rather hard to keep track of."
>"She currently resides in a large building near her shrine. She collects her fees from the residents of Gensokyo and performs a small ritual once a week."
>"As far as I know, she does not do much else."
>_
-
>"Fees?"
>Sigh.
>"She really has moved up in the world."
>Take another drink.
>"Let's progress a little then. The Youkai Mountain... The Scarlet Devil Mansion... Eientei... What can you tell me about them? Having seen the lack of fairies in the Forest of Magic, I'm not holding my breath on anything too pleasing~"
-
>"Fees?"
>Sigh.
>"She really has moved up in the world."
>Take another drink.
>"Let's progress a little then. The Youkai Mountain... The Scarlet Devil Mansion... Eientei... What can you tell me about them? Having seen the lack of fairies in the Forest of Magic, I'm not holding my breath on anything too pleasing~"
>"Yes. She demands compensation for her efforts in maintaining the border."
>You let out a sigh.
>"Indeed."
>You continue to sip on your tea before moving onto other topics.
>"The residents of Youkai Mountain are as reclusive as ever."
>"The Scarlet Devil Mansion? Well, it is a mansion no more. They now reside in a much humbler abode."
>"Eientei has shut itself off from the world."
>_
-
>Grin a little.
>"If the lunarians are sealing themselves from us now, I can only imagine what took them so long~ <3"
>"But the Mansion is, what, a house now? Sounds like the miko really is being a little too... forward with her actions."
>"Any news from the underground? What of the Myouren group?"
[EDIT: I should stop doing that; it's not my quest after all~ <3]
-
>Grin a little.
>"If the lunarians are sealing themselves from us now, I can only imagine what took them so long~ <3"
>"But the Mansion is, what, a house now? Sounds like the miko really is being a little too... forward with her actions."
>"Any news from the underground? What of the Myouren group?"
>You give Akyu a small grin. Akyu simply sips on her tea.
>"Yes."
>"That is to say it lightly."
>"The underground? I have heard that the palace of earth spirits has been abandoned."
>"Byakuren and her disciples are still trapped within their temple."
>_
-
> Has there been any irregularities in the Bunbunmaru since Reimu started acting differently? I'm sure Aya would have published something.
> What is this ritual Reimu performs each week, do you know of it?
-
>"It sounds as though a lot has changed in the past two years. Given that I myself experienced an... event two years ago, I can't help but think there's a connection. So tell me, please: what happened two years ago?"
-
I doubt she knows anything about what happened...
>"What is this ritual?"
>"I think you misunderstood what I meant regarding the Youkai Mountain; I'm more interested in how its shrine... disappeared."
-
> Has there been any irregularities in the Bunbunmaru since Reimu started acting differently? I'm sure Aya would have published something.
>"The Bunbunmaru is no longer in circulation."
>"It sounds as though a lot has changed in the past two years. Given that I myself experienced an... event two years ago, I can't help but think there's a connection. So tell me, please: what happened two years ago?"
>"Indeed, it has."
>"Roughly two years ago is when the border broke. I do not recall of any other major incident occurring at the time."
>"What happened to you two years ago, miss Yakumo?"
> What is this ritual Reimu performs each week, do you know of it?
>"What is this ritual?"
>"It is to maintain the border."
>"I think you misunderstood what I meant regarding the Youkai Mountain; I'm more interested in how its shrine... disappeared."
"The shrine is still there, but has been abandoned. Without its gods, the Moriya shrine failed."
>_
-
OK, do you lot think it's a good idea for Yukari to reveal why she's so out of the loop to Akyu or not? She seems neutral to the affairs at worst, and against Reimu at best.
I don't think Akyu knowing about why we're so out of the loop is a bad thing here. In fact, with that information, she might be able to peice something else together when combined with her own information.
I don't think she'll be too happy about answering more questions before we answer hers either.
-
Let's do it, then.
>"The border broke? Why?"
>"Two years ago, I found myself trapped within my gap space, my ability to create gaps gone. I only began regaining that ability just the other day, and it is still weak. I need about an hour between gaps, although I can now freely use storage gaps without issue."
>"Given that I only recently began regaining my gap abilities, I have to wonder if something changed within the past few days. Has there been anything unusual over the past few days? Anything at all?"
-
>"The border broke? Why?"
>"Two years ago, I found myself trapped within my gap space, my ability to create gaps gone. I only began regaining that ability just the other day, and it is still weak. I need about an hour between gaps, although I can now freely use storage gaps without issue."
>"Given that I only recently began regaining my gap abilities, I have to wonder if something changed within the past few days. Has there been anything unusual over the past few days? Anything at all?"
>"Due to a kappa's machinations."
>"Trapped within your own space? I suppose that you do not know how you escaped, correct?"
>"Weakened powers? That is rather worrisome... Will your powers come back with time, or is it more complicated than that?"
>"As far as I know, nothing unusual has been occurring."
>_
-
>"I was stuck in my own space because my gapping abilities were lost. I don't know why they've begun to return. It may be worth noting that I became able to freely use storage gaps after... resolving a certain situation in the Netherworld, restoring things there to how they should be. And my abilities were lost when the border broke, which is not how things should be."
>"So a kappa was responsible? Do you know who it was?"
>This kappa may be worth paying a visit to.
-
>"I was stuck in my own space because my gapping abilities were lost. I don't know why they've begun to return. It may be worth noting that I became able to freely use storage gaps after... resolving a certain situation in the Netherworld, restoring things there to how they should be. And my abilities were lost when the border broke, which is not how things should be."
>"So a kappa was responsible? Do you know who it was?"
>This kappa may be worth paying a visit to.
>"I wonder what could cause such an effect..."
>"Perhaps something you did in the Netherworld is related to the small recovery you experienced?"
>"For my own curiosity, would you mind telling me about what has been happening in the Netherworld?"
>"One that goes by the name Nitori Kawashiro."
>You figure that the person that instigated this whole mess has to know something of interest, right?
>_
-
>Do we know Nitori?
>"What happened in the Netherworld, hmm? Well, the Saigyou Ayakashi had revived. Not only that, it had absorbed Yuyuko, taken control of her and taken her within itself. As a result, the Netherworld was, well, messed up. I, with Youmu's aid, rescued Yuyuko and killed the tree. This was enough to restore the Netherworld, and afterwards, I recovered a portion of my abilities."
>Our gapping abilities are weakened, but what about our border-manipulation abilities? How are those doing?
>"Do you have any idea where I could find Nitori?"
-
>Do we know Nitori?
>"What happened in the Netherworld, hmm? Well, the Saigyou Ayakashi had revived. Not only that, it had absorbed Yuyuko, taken control of her and taken her within itself. As a result, the Netherworld was, well, messed up. I, with Youmu's aid, rescued Yuyuko and killed the tree. This was enough to restore the Netherworld, and afterwards, I recovered a portion of my abilities."
>Our gapping abilities are weakened, but what about our border-manipulation abilities? How are those doing?
>"Do you have any idea where I could find Nitori?"
>You have never spoken with her personally, though you do know of her.
>"Perhaps, when you have time, you could tell me in detail about your adventures there?"
>Your gaps are simply an extension of your manipulation of borders. You have similar levels of trouble when trying to manipulate borders as you do with creating gaps.
>"The last I heard, she was within her personal laboratory. I did hear this a fairly long time ago, but I have not heard anything else about her whereabouts."
>_
-
>Do we know where her laboratory is? If not: "Would you happen to know the location of her laboratory?"
-
>Do we know where her laboratory is? If not: "Would you happen to know the location of her laboratory?"
>You do not. She had a laboratory?
>"Aside from it being near Youkai Mountain, I do not."
>_
-
>"Can you think of anyone who might know?"
-
>"Can you think of anyone who might know?"
>"Perhaps one of the kappa that were part of its construction? Though finding one would be difficult."
>_
-
>"It's probably my best option. If it's known that she's responsible for making Gensokyo like this, then I would imagine she's kept herself well-hidden."
>"I don't suppose you know what she was doing that did this to Gensokyo, do you?"
-
>"It's probably my best option. If it's known that she's responsible for making Gensokyo like this, then I would imagine she's kept herself well-hidden."
>"I don't suppose you know what she was doing that did this to Gensokyo, do you?"
>"So you plan on finding her? May I ask you for a favour if you do?"
>"I do not."
>_
-
>"You most certainly may ask a favor. What would it be?"
-
>"You most certainly may ask a favor. What would it be?"
>"If you do find yourself within the kappa's laboratory, could you find out, to the best of your ability, what has been happening in there?"
>"I would also like to hear of what happened in the Netherworld in greater detail when you have the time."
>"And since you were able to gain entry to the Netherworld, I am wondering if you could find out what has been happening in Higan and Bhava Agra for me as well."
>_
-
>"I was planning to find out anyways~"
>"Yes maybe when I have time... but first I must settle a couple of mysterious myself"
>"Oh what do you mean?"
-
>"I was planning to find out anyways~"
>"Yes maybe when I have time... but first I must settle a couple of mysterious myself"
>"Oh what do you mean?"
>"Yes, and I would appreciate it greatly if you could relay what you find there to me."
>"Of course."
>"Like the Netherworld, nobody has been able to enter or leave Higan and Bhava Agra. Since you were able to get into the Netherworld, I'm wondering if you could, perhaps, find out what has been happening in those two places for me as well."
>_
-
>"Well, since it was on my list of things to do in the first place, I'll gladly look."
>"I do, however, wish to know what the rest of the village is going to be like; given a youkai like me is going to be popping by from time to time. The guards aren't exactly... friendly~ <3"
-
>"Well, since it was on my list of things to do in the first place, I'll gladly look."
>"I do, however, wish to know what the rest of the village is going to be like; given a youkai like me is going to be popping by from time to time. The guards aren't exactly... friendly~ <3"
>"Thank you."
>"The village has changed. Slowly, but surely. I do believe that the guards would be an accurate representation of the village as a whole."
>_
-
>"Of those I know here, have any of them changed? One hopes some level of respect and trust remains~"
-
>"Of those I know here, have any of them changed? One hopes some level of respect and trust remains~"
>"I would hope that I, myself, have not changed too much."
>"Who else do you know within this village?"
>_
-
>"Such a silly question, Akyuu~ I know everyone~ <3"
>"But my main concerns here are yourself, Kamishirasawa and the group at the Myouren Temple; though I know a little from what was mentioned before."
-
>"Such a silly question, Akyuu~ I know everyone~ <3"
>"But my main concerns here are yourself, Kamishirasawa and the group at the Myouren Temple; though I know a little from what was mentioned before."
>"Perhaps that could have been phrased better..."
>"Again, I do not believe that I have not changed much. Of course, my view may be biased here."
>"Miss Kamishirasawa rarely leaves her home now. When she does appear, it is only to purchase some necessities. She did not take the Fujiwara girl's disappearance very well."
>"I cannot comment on whether or not any members of the Myouren temple have changed on an individual basis, as mentioned before they have been sealed within their temple for quite some time."
>_
-
>"Fujiwara? That immortal? How long back did that happen?"
>Sigh.
>"Yet another thing I may need to look into..."
-
>"Fujiwara? That immortal? How long back did that happen?"
>Sigh.
>"Yet another thing I may need to look into..."
>"Yes. Both she and the other immortal disappeared. This occurred around twenty months ago."
>You let out another sigh. What has been happening to your Gensokyo?
>"If you do find out where they are, I would appreciate any information on the matter."
>_
-
So what do we have so far,
Reimu making bank
Nitori is maybe the cause of the breaking borders
Moon people are afk
mokou tan is gone
Higan and bhava agra stuff
Myouren temple is sealed
Kay?
-
Apart from 'one place' that I know shouldn't matter in this, yeah, I'd say that's about it for now.
>"Many thanks, Akyuu; I'll be sure to keep as many eyes open for you~"
>If we haven't finished our tea, finish it.
>What time is it?
-
>"Many thanks, Akyuu; I'll be sure to keep as many eyes open for you~"
>If we haven't finished our tea, finish it.
>What time is it?
>"What good is holding information if you keep it all to yourself?"
>"I hope to hear from you soon."
>You finish drinking your tea, Akyu does the same.
>You think that it would be, roughly, 3PM.
>_
-
So, to the mountain (directly or by way of Mayohiga to pick up Ran/Chen)? Or maybe should we try the temple first? Nazrin could prove helpful in locating someone/something.
-
We should poke around the temple since we ARE in the village. After that, pick Ran and/or Chen, then head to the Mountain.
Sounds better that way, anyhow.
-
>"I'll be sure to keep you informed of what I find."
>"I'm thinking I'll look at the temple first. Do you think the guards will want to accompany me there?"
-
>Don't say the bit about the guards.
No really, we're Yukari. We shouldn't worry about them; nevermind ASK if we SHOULD have them lead us around.
-
>"I'll be sure to keep you informed of what I find."
>"I'm thinking I'll look at the temple first. Do you think the guards will want to accompany me there?"
>Don't say the bit about the guards.
>"Thank you."
>"I see. Will you be leaving now, then?"
>_
-
>"Yes, sorry but theres so much to do now"
>"maybe we can chat some other time~"
>go towards exit
-
>"Yes, sorry but theres so much to do now"
>"maybe we can chat some other time~"
>go towards exit
>"As busy as usual, I see."
>"Of course, I'll be waiting."
>As you stand to leave, Akyu calls out into the house.
>"Chiyo, our guest is leaving. Could you accompany her out?"
>Soon, the young human appears by your side.
>"This way, ma'am."
>The two of you walk out of the house and back towards the gate.
>The human seems to be fidgeting a bit.
>_
-
> Address Chiyo. "What is it young man?"
-
> Address Chiyo. "What is it young man?"
>"I'm not a man!"
>Chiyo puffs her cheeks and stomps the floor for emphasis.
>"Anyway, what were you talking about?"
>"And what's it like to be a youkai?"
>"And what do you do as a youkai?"
>"And... And... Um..."
>Chiyo tilts her head as she tries to think of another question.
>_
-
I thought you said it was a.. nevermind. >.>;
> Yukari giggle. "Oh, things~ Akyu was telling me about how hard the village has been working. It seems you've all been very busy."
> "Hmm, well~ I go as I please, respected by those I know, feared by anyone on my bad side. Being a youkai is being free."
> "As for that, that's a secret~"
-
> Yukari giggle. "Oh, things~ Akyu was telling me about how hard the village has been working. It seems you've all been very busy."
> "Hmm, well~ I go as I please, respected by those I know, feared by anyone on my bad side. Being a youkai is being free."
> "As for that, that's a secret~"
>You take a course in basic literacy. Perhaps, if you had a mic, this misunderstanding wouldn't have occurred.
>You giggle as the human asks you a few questions.
>"Really? Well, not like I know what goes on out there anyway..."
>"Free, huh? It sounds nice to be a youkai..."
>"You can't tell me?"
>_
-
> Stab the parser in the face with your mic.
> "You don't know what's been going on in the village? Don't you live here?"
> "What's it like to be human?"
> "Well, I was asking about the Myouren temple. I heard it was closed now."
-
> Stab the parser in the face with your mic.
> "You don't know what's been going on in the village? Don't you live here?"
> "What's it like to be human?"
> "Well, I was asking about the Myouren temple. I heard it was closed now."
>You stab the parser with your non-existant mic. The parser laughs at your suffering.
>"I don't really get to go out much, unless I'm shopping."
>"Um... Well...
>The human scratches her head a bit.
>"Boring, I guess? Being a youkai sounds so much more fun."
>"The temple that appeared a few years ago? It's not closed. No one is ever there, though."
>_
-
> "Akyu said those at the temple were sealed there. No one is there?"
> "Well I like being one~ But I don't think there's anything wrong with humans. You're such interesting things~"
-
> "Akyu said those at the temple were sealed there. No one is there?"
> "Well I like being one~ But I don't think there's anything wrong with humans. You're such interesting things~"
>"There are a lot of places I can't get to in there. I guess someone could be hiding in there."
>"But being a human is boring..."
>_
-
> "I'll have to check them over then."
> "It's only boring if you make it boring. Humans can be free too. Just do what you like most~"
> "If anything interesting happens I might come back to tell you about it, how does that sound? But I should be on my way. Important youkai things~"
> Head towards Myoren Tempe type place!
-
> "I'll have to check them over then."
> "It's only boring if you make it boring. Humans can be free too. Just do what you like most~"
> "If anything interesting happens I might come back to tell you about it, how does that sound? But I should be on my way. Important youkai things~"
> Head towards Myoren Tempe type place!
>"I don't think you'll find anything though."
>"I need to be here for lady Hieda though..."
>"Ah, sorry for doing nothing but complaining."
>"That sounds great!"
>The two of you continue walking until you reach the gate.
>Chiyo opens the gate and stands at its side.
>"Bye, miss Yakumo!"
>Chiyo waves at you as you leave. After having left Akyu's house, you begin heading towards the Myouren Temple.
>After a few minutes of walking, you find yourself near the outskirts of the Human Village, in front of the Myouren Temple.
>_
-
> Well let's walk on in and look around if we can!
-
> Well let's walk on in and look around if we can!
>You try opening the door to the temple, only to find that it won't move at all.
>_
-
> Is the door locked?
> Walk around the temple, looking for a way in.
> Can we sense the seal, as a boundary?
-
> Is the door locked?
> Walk around the temple, looking for a way in.
> Can we sense the seal, as a boundary?
>It is. In addition, something else seems to be keeping the door in place.
>You try circling the temple. You note that a small section of the wall has been broken at the back of the temple. You also note that there are several windows around the temple.
>You can.
>_
-
> Can we enter through the broken wall? If so, do so. Does the seal extend here?
> Is the seal familiar magic to us? As in do we know who made it?
-
> Can we enter through the broken wall? If so, do so. Does the seal extend here?
> Is the seal familiar magic to us? As in do we know who made it?
>It would be a rather tight fit, but you think that you could manage to squeeze through the gap.
>You find yourself inside a small room with only a bed. The bed looks as though it has been used a few times.
>You cannot tell who made the seal, though there are very few people that you know of that would be capable of creating such a barrier.
>_
-
> Is there a door? Exit the room and explore the temple as best we can. Try to find people.
-
> Is there a door? Exit the room and explore the temple as best we can. Try to find people.
>There is.
>You try opening the door. Although the handle turns, you cannot open it.
>_
-
>Try knocking on the door
-
>Try knocking on the door
>You knock on the door.
>There is no response.
>_
-
Blow down the door y/y?
-
> Is the door affected by the seal?
> Try to manipulate the seal into making a small opening near this door.
-
>Don't do that yet. Let's try blasting it down before we go draining our gap abilities.
>Try to blast the door down. If that doesn't work, try blasting the wall next to it.
-
...
Okay, I can connect this between you two a little better...
After checking if it's affected by a seal...
>See if we can affect the seal. If it feels like it's draining us, or some how know that it WILL drain us, then cease the action!
>Then attempt to blast it down.
This way, we can at least see if we can not have to resort to making a racket; whilst at the same time, not draining ourselves like we did last time.
-
> Is the door affected by the seal?
> Try to manipulate the seal into making a small opening near this door.
>Don't do that yet. Let's try blasting it down before we go draining our gap abilities.
>Try to blast the door down. If that doesn't work, try blasting the wall next to it.
>See if we can affect the seal. If it feels like it's draining us, or some how know that it WILL drain us, then cease the action!
>Then attempt to blast it down.
>It appears to be.
>You try manipulating the boundaries of the seal, before stopping quickly. It seems as though you're going to have to use up your powers if you want to get through this door.
>So, instead, you try breaking down the door.
>You kick the door. Your foot goes through the door with ease. Once you take your foot out, you see the door begin to mend itself.
>_
-
>danmaku to blow the whole thing up
-
> Give it one more kick before using Danmaku
-
>danmaku to blow the whole thing up
> Give it one more kick before using Danmaku
>You try kicking the door again, making another hole in it. By the time you get your foot back out, the first hole you made is almost gone.
>You decide to try simply breaking the entire door by unleashing danmaku on it.
>You fire a large amount of danmaku at the door, causing small splinters to fly everywhere as you demolish the door.
>You can see the door beginning to repair itself from the frame.
>The room you are in appears to be connected to a corridor.
>_
-
>
blow the whole room up
>walk down the corridor
-
>blow the whole room up
>walk down the corridor
>You step out of the room, putting on a pair of oversized sunglasses as you do so. Once you're out of the building, you press the button, and the entire temple is blown sky high. You keep walking, not bothering to turn around to look at the destruction you've caused.
>You step through the doorway and into the corridor. After having done so, you walk through the corridor, noting several doors to your left and right. They all appear to have a talisman attached. At the end of the corridor, there is another door.
>_
-
>"Hellooooooooooooooooooooooooo~"
-
>"Hellooooooooooooooooooooooooo~"
>You call out into the temple.
>There is no response.
>_
-
>walk down the corridor to the last door and remove the seal
>proceed to open the door
-
>walk down the corridor to the last door and remove the seal
>proceed to open the door
>The last door does not have a talisman on it.
>You open the door to reveal the main hall of the temple.
>It is, again, empty.
>_
-
>... This is wrong.
>Take a look at one of the talismans on the doors.
>See if we can pull one of them off.
-
>... This is wrong.
>Take a look at one of the talismans on the doors.
>See if we can pull one of them off.
>Definitely. Something is off here.
>You go back into the corridor and examine on of the talismans on the doors.
>They look like the talismans that Reimu uses.
>You try pulling one off. There is no visible effect.
>_
-
>Okay then... Let's try opening the door we just took the talisman off of.
-
>Okay then... Let's try opening the door we just took the talisman off of.
>You try opening the door. It offers no resistance.
>Inside is another small room with a bed inside.
>There appears to be someone lying on the bed.
>_
-
>Do we recognise the person?
>If we can't make out anything, take a closer look.
>Keep our eyes, and senses, open in case something else feels off... Or jumps at us.
-
>Do we recognise the person?
>If we can't make out anything, take a closer look.
>Keep our eyes, and senses, open in case something else feels off... Or jumps at us.
>You do. It appears to be Nazrin.
>The entire room gives you a strange feeling.
>_
-
>Then let's make sure we don't go too far in.
>"Nazrin... Time to shine~ <3"
>Peer round the room; keep an eye on Nazrin for any movement though.
-
>Then let's make sure we don't go too far in.
>"Nazrin... Time to shine~ <3"
>Peer round the room; keep an eye on Nazrin for any movement though.
>You decide not to go too far into the room.
>You try calling out to Nazrin.
>There is no response.
>You look around the room.
>Like the room you entered through, there is nothing but a bed. There is a rather large amount of dust around.
>Nothing appears to be moving.
>_
-
>Can we make out what that 'feeling' is?
>Is it like the Netherworld? Does it feel bad?
>Have we felt this sort of thing before?
-
>Can we make out what that 'feeling' is?
>Is it like the Netherworld? Does it feel bad?
>Have we felt this sort of thing before?
>The feeling is really a lack thereof. It feels as though there is nothing there.
>It does not feel like the Netherworld.
>You have, when you were trapped inside the border.
>_
-
... Since we have our abilities back, it shouldn't be as big of a problem... But I'd still advise everyone to be careful; just in case we actually get sealed in.
>Step into the room a little further.
>"Nazrin... Can you hear me, Nazrin?"
>If there is still no reaction, walk a little closer to her... But be ready for sudden movements.
-
>Step into the room a little further.
>"Nazrin... Can you hear me, Nazrin?"
>If there is still no reaction, walk a little closer to her... But be ready for sudden movements.
>You step further into the room.
>You speak to Nazrin once more. There is no response.
>You walk up to her, nothing moves as you do so, and examine her more closely.
>She is completely still, she does not appear to be even be breathing.
>_
-
>... We can manipulate boundaries... Surely we can tell the difference between life and death...
>She can't be...
>Check her.
-
>... We can manipulate boundaries... Surely we can tell the difference between life and death...
>She can't be...
>Check her.
>You put your hand to Nazrin's cheek. She is still warm.
>You think that she is still alive, even if she isn't breathing.
>_
-
>... Is there some form of boundary affecting her?
>Shake her gently.
-
>... Is there some form of boundary affecting her?
>Shake her gently.
>Yes.
>You try shaking Nazrin a bit. She remains completely still.
>_
-
[Damn it Dormio; more info, you baka!]
>What sort of boundary?
>Does it cover her whole body?
>Can we manipulate it and/or free her from it?
-
If we can free her, shouldnt we look in the other rooms first and see if we can revive someone who
not a stage one boss would be more knowledgeable?
-
>What sort of boundary?
>Does it cover her whole body?
>Can we manipulate it and/or free her from it?
>It appears to be the type of boundary that seals something. To achieve this sort of effect with such a barrier would require a tremendous amount of skill.
>It appears to affect the entire room.
>If you had full control over your powers, it would be easy for you to break down this barrier.
>Unfortunately, in your current state, you think that it would take a lot of your energy to break it down.
>_
-
> It seems obvious that Reimu did this, but why?
> Leave the room and take all the talismans off the doors. Can we feel if the talismans are linked to the seal?
> Check each door, one by one, to see who is in each room.
If we're going to free anyone we should free Byakuren first if she's here.
> Is it possible we're affected by a seal still? Try to sense a similar effect on ourselves.
-
> It seems obvious that Reimu did this, but why?
> Leave the room and take all the talismans off the doors. Can we feel if the talismans are linked to the seal?
> Check each door, one by one, to see who is in each room.
> Is it possible we're affected by a seal still? Try to sense a similar effect on ourselves.
>You do have to wonder why Reimu, or anyone else, would do such a thing.
>You leave Nazrin alone for now and leave the room.
>You take the talismans off the other doors.
>You check the other rooms, each room looks the same, with a different occupant in the bed.
>In the rooms are Nazrin, Shou, Ichirin, Minamitsu, and Byakuren, all in the same condition.
>One of the rooms, the one you came through, is empty.
>You cannot feel such a seal on yourself.
>_
-
nue is missing i guess :V
>attempt to remove the seal from byakuren
-
> Search her for any wepons before removing the seal.
I think we should've discuss/plan this before going head first. We don't know how anyone of them will react to seeing us, especially if weaken after removing the seals. This could get ugly. We don't know if Nue is here or not. She could be hostile to us because of our past relationship with Reimu, if she was the one who done this.
>Relationships?
-
>attempt to remove the seal from byakuren
> Search her for any wepons before removing the seal.
>Relationships?
>You quickly search Byakuren, she has no weapons on her body or near herself.
>You focus, and begin to peel away at the boundary wrapping itself around Byakuren. Having barely started, you're already beginning to feel drained. You feel that, if you were to go through with undoing this seal, you would be unable to manipulate any boundaries until you get several hours of rest. Do you wish to proceed?
>You know of almost everyone in Gensokyo, which relationship would you like to examine?
>_
-
> If we rest in this area will the seals inhibit our powers recharging?
-
I say go for it. Unless we have something else to do in here before we do so.
-
> If we rest in this area will the seals inhibit our powers recharging?
>You highly doubt that it would.
>_
-
I think we should've discuss/plan this before going head first. We don't know how anyone of them will react to seeing us, especially if weaken after removing the seals. This could get ugly. We don't know if Nue is here or not. She could be hostile to us because of our past relationship with Reimu, if she was the one who done this.
Considering we'll be weakened from freeing Byakuren, I highly doubt she'll be mad at us.
> Relationships with Byakuren or any Myoren Temple people.
-
> Relationships with Byakuren or any Myoren Temple people.
>You have spoken to Byakuren a few times about trivial matters. The two of you have a neutral relationship. From what you could gather, she loved the ability for humans and youkai to coexist within Gensokyo.
>You have not interacted with Byakuren's followers.
>_
-
As much as I would like to free Byakuren from this, we would destroy the rest of our day as a result; seeing as we would need to sleep once it's done.
I'd suggest coming back in the evening AFTER we've been elsewhere first. This way, we'll have done/checked something else first. We can free Byakuren when we're done with that; because then, we can simply go home and sleep there, all set for the next day.
Besides, we have a kappa to find. After learning half the stuff we just found out, do we really want Yukari to waste an entire day by weakening herself for one person when there's the person who some what started this whole thing still out there?
-
Not technically just one person. I suggested freeing Byakuren as the most likely able to help free the rest. The kappa is going to continue existing the next day as far as we know. There's no need to rush headfirst into finding Nitori. And solving the seals here will also hopefully assist us in finding the kappa. We should probably go get Chen and Ran if we're going to be weakened though.
-
well im fine with either, we still get to blow up the door again :3
but unzan nue is still missing so maybe just look around abit more to see if shes here?
-
Also, recharging only takes about an hour, not all day.
-
We can't recharge in here.
Going back for Ran/Chen would probably take the same time as doing something else and then coming back here.
Honestly, we're here, we may as well work on that seal now. I have a hard time believing this situation is anywhere near as bad as the last one, and waking Byak up will do us nothing but good. (you could try convincing me otherwise...)
-
[20:15] (DrRawr) @choose break seal or don't
[20:15] (@Keine-tan) DrRawr: I choose...break seal! ^_^V
>remove the seal from byakuren
-
>remove the seal from byakuren
>You take a deep breath before continuing the peel away the boundaries wrapping themselves around Byakuren and the room.
>Layer by layer, you remove the seal the Byakuren.
>After a few minutes, you manage to remove all traces of the seal on Byakuren, who shifts in the bed slightly.
>The strange feeling in this room is gone.
>You feel completely drained. You do not think that you would be up to manipulating any more boundaries until you've had several hours of proper rest.
>_
-
>Try not to keel over; try and focus on Byakuren...
>"Byakuren..."
-
>Try not to keel over; try and focus on Byakuren...
>"Byakuren..."
>You still have a lot to do, you push yourself to keep going for now.
>As you call her name, Byakuren's eyes open slowly.
>She sits up in her bed, rubbing her eyes.
>She does not seem to be aware of your presence yet.
>_
-
>Stay where we are for now.
>Speak a little louder this time; not shouting though, be calm.
>"Rise and shine, Byakuren~ <3"
-
>Stay where we are for now.
>Speak a little louder this time; not shouting though, be calm.
>"Rise and shine, Byakuren~ <3"
>You decide not to go any closer to her for the time being.
>You call Byakuren's name again, who turns her head in your direction.
>She stops rubbing her eyes and takes a proper look at you.
>"Good morning, miss... Yakumo, was it?"
>"May I ask what it is that you are..."
>Byakuren's voice trails off in the middle of her sentence. She stays still for a moment, composing herself, before beginning to talk again.
>"My apologies, it would appear as though I am not entirely well as of now. Still, may I ask what you are doing in here?"
>_
-
>"What I am? I guess the seal truly did more then I first imagined..."
>Walk up to her a little bit.
>"I came here to free you from your... prison."
-
>"What I am? I guess the seal truly did more then I first imagined..."
>Walk up to her a little bit.
>"I came here to free you from your... prison."
>"Oh, no. I do recall who you are. I am merely wondering what you are doing within my room."
>You approach Byakuren.
>"Seal? Prison?"
>Byakuren puts one of her hands to her cheek.
>"I do not understand what it is that you are talking..."
>"..."
>Byakuren appears to be deep in thought
>_
-
>"You don't... remember? Remember that you were sealed for something you were doing?"
-
>"You don't... remember? Remember that you were sealed for something you were doing?"
>Byakuren continues to think for a while.
>You can see her face grow darker as the time passes.
>"So you were the one to free me?"
>"... What of the others? What happened to them? Where are they?"
>Byakuren attempts to get on her feet, losing her balance as she does so.
>She supports herself on the bed's frame as she rises to her feet once more.
>_
-
>"Indeed I am..."
>If she needs help, lend her a hand; least we can do.
>"The rest of them are in their rooms... exactly as you were. There's one empty, however..."
-
>"Indeed I am..."
>If she needs help, lend her a hand; least we can do.
>"The rest of them are in their rooms... exactly as you were. There's one empty, however..."
>"I see... And thank you."
>You offer Byakuren some support, which she takes.
>"My apologies for being a burden."
>"I wish to see them..."
>"Who is missing? Do you know where they are?"
>Byakuren begins to walk forward, out into the corridor.
>_
-
>Follow.
>"I do not know who went missing. However, if you are able to recall everyone that has stayed here, you might be able to deduce who it is."
>"Can you not recall how you reached this... intriguing situation?"
-
>Follow.
>"I do not know who went missing. However, if you are able to recall everyone that has stayed here, you might be able to deduce who it is."
>"Can you not recall how you reached this... intriguing situation?"
>You follow Byakuren, who checks on the closest room, which houses Shou.
>Byakuren approaches Shou, and tries calling her name, much like what you did.
>Byakuren turns towards you.
>"Are you able to wake her?"
>Byakuren grimaces.
>"I remember..."
>_
-
>"Unfortunately, I cannot. That is, I definitely can, but doing this once has left me too drained to continue a second time. I haven't been in perfect form recently..."
>"Well, then. If it isn't too much of a chore to recall, I would like to hear about that."
-
>"But first can we sit down some place, I feel exhausted after removing your seal"
-
>"Unfortunately, I cannot. That is, I definitely can, but doing this once has left me too drained to continue a second time. I haven't been in perfect form recently..."
>"Well, then. If it isn't too much of a chore to recall, I would like to hear about that."
>"Then that means that, if given the time, you could bring them all back, does it not?"
>"At a later time, perhaps. I still wish to see everyone first."
>"But first can we sit down some place, I feel exhausted after removing your seal"
>"You may feel free to take a seat wherever you would like. I will join you once I am done."
>Byakuren walks away from Shou's bed, she appears to be heading towards another room.
>_
-
> "I would, but you seem more drained then I. A little more assistance won't hurt you, will it? We can talk in your room when you're ready."
> Stay with Byakuren as she goes to each room, be ready if she needs support again.
-
> "I would, but you seem more drained then I. A little more assistance won't hurt you, will it? We can talk in your room when you're ready."
> Stay with Byakuren as she goes to each room, be ready if she needs support again.
>"It would not, I must thank you again."
>You follow Byakuren as she checks the inhabitant of each room.
>She comes close to falling several times, you catch her each time she does so.
>Once Byakuren checks the last room, she tells you: "So it would appear as though Nue is the one that managed to escape."
>_
-
> What do we know about Nue?
> "I see. Even if she escaped, it doesn't seem she was able to get help for you all. Come sit down now, and tell me what happened."
-
> What do we know about Nue?
> "I see. Even if she escaped, it doesn't seem she was able to get help for you all. Come sit down now, and tell me what happened."
>You know that Nue is, as her name would suggest, a nue. You know that she has the ability to manipulate her appearance, and that she is loyal to Byakuren.
>"I simply hope that she is not hurt."
>"I suppose I shall."
>"Shall we talk outside? I do not think that I wish to stay here when I am unable to do anything for the others."
>_
-
>Wheres unzan
>go outside with byakuren
maybe offer to go to akyuus place? kill 2 stones with 1 bird possibly
-
>Wheres unzan
>go outside with byakuren
>Where isn't Unzan?
>Byakuren heads into the main room of the temple. She walks up to the door and places her hand on the door, however, the door does not move.
>Byakuren turns to face you again.
>"It would appear as though I cannot open the door. Do you know anything about this?"
>_
-
So, who wants to bet Reimu came along and sealed the door on us?
-
we didnt even come through the front door
-
Aha, so it's just a matter of either breaking this seal, or leaving the way we came in.
-
> "The door is sealed, the same as you were. The way I entered is through the back. It's possible Nue broke the wall open when she escaped."
> Lead Byakuren to the spot we entered the temple from.
-
> "The door is sealed, the same as you were. The way I entered is through the back. It's possible Nue broke the wall open when she escaped."
> Lead Byakuren to the spot we entered the temple from.
>"I see..."
>You lead Byakuren to the empty room and point out the broken wall.
>"Yes, I saw it earlier. Is that the only way to leave this place?"
>_
-
> "It's the only way I know."
-
> "It's the only way I know."
>"I see."
>"Shall we, then?"
>_
-
> "I don't see why not."
> Do we think whoever cast these seals would feel them breaking?
-
> "I don't see why not."
> Do we think whoever cast these seals would feel them breaking?
>The two of you exit the temple.
>Byakuren takes a seat on the floor next to the temple, leaning against the wall. She looks weary. She looks towards the sky.
>"What was it that you wished to discuss?"
>You doubt that they would. You could not sense any additional enchantments on the seals.
>_
-
> "I'd like you to start from the beginning. Explain to me how all of you ended up like this, and why."
-
> "I'd like you to start from the beginning. Explain to me how all of you ended up like this, and why."
>"The Hakurei's shrine maiden."
>"Our entire situation was caused by her unreasonable demands."
>"As you likely know, she expects payment from every resident in Gensokyo."
>"This extends even to the youkai who have little or no concept of what money is."
>"I could not stand to see her bully the youkai, and so I attempted to shoulder their burdens."
>"Unfortunately, I was unable to gather the resources necessary, and the shrine maiden saw fit to enact her punishment upon us."
>"We were defeated in the ensuing battle, and sealed away, it would seem."
>"I am unsure on how Nue managed to escape. I am rather worried about her, I shall likely begin searching for her once I have rested."
>"Will you be able to free the others, like what you did for me? I can wait for however long it takes."
>"Otherwise, unless you have other things on your mind, I shall take my leave."
>_
-
> Raise a hand to stop her. "I've heard some of this in general, but the details aren't clear to me. Exactly how much payment is Reimu demanding, and why? How many people have been.. punished for failing to pay?"
> "I should be able to free another after I've rested for a few hours. I freed you first hoping your magic might aid in freeing the rest. Where are you planning to rest? It's dangerous to go alone."
> Would we be able to move the unconscious youkai?
-
> Raise a hand to stop her. "I've heard some of this in general, but the details aren't clear to me. Exactly how much payment is Reimu demanding, and why? How many people have been.. punished for failing to pay?"
> "I should be able to free another after I've rested for a few hours. I freed you first hoping your magic might aid in freeing the rest. Where are you planning to rest? It's dangerous to go alone."
> Would we be able to move the unconscious youkai?
>"You do not know? Were you not subject to the same demands?"
>"Everybody is expected to provide a monthly payment of $200."
>"She claims that she is deserving of such a sum in exchange for maintaining the Hakurei Border."
>"I know that a few youkai had already fallen victim before I attempted to help. I am unsure of how many more have been punished after myself..."
>"...On that note, may I inquire so as to the current date?"
>"Perhaps we should here, if it would only take a few hours for you to restore the others?"
>"Unfortunately, seals are not my area of expertise. Regardless, I shall offer my assistance if you wish for it."
>"I do not know. I shall find a place."
>Byakuren gives you a small smile.
>"Do not worry about me, even if I have been defeated before, I am still capable of defending myself should the need arise."
>You could, however, doing so would be likely to make removing the seals more difficult, as they were connected to the rooms they were in.
>_
-
> Shake our head. "I was traveling. I thought Gensokyo was in better hands then this."
> Has Reimu always been a money-hungry megalomaniac?
> How much is $200 worth in Gensokyo? Should a resident be reasonably expected to pay this?
> Tell Byakuren the current date. (We picked that up somewhere right?)
> "If I were to awaken everyone it will take far more then a few hours. I should be able to free one more before night. I'll need proper rest after that. So will you."
I think we should offer to take Byakuren back to MahowhereveritisYukarilives. We shouldn't let our potential allies get out of sight and if Byakuren gets seen in the village Reimu might get informed about what we're doing.
-
> Shake our head. "I was traveling. I thought Gensokyo was in better hands then this."
> Has Reimu always been a money-hungry megalomaniac?
> How much is $200 worth in Gensokyo? Should a resident be reasonably expected to pay this?
> Tell Byakuren the current date. (We picked that up somewhere right?)
> "If I were to awaken everyone it will take far more then a few hours. I should be able to free one more before night. I'll need proper rest after that. So will you."
>"The last I saw of it, Gensokyo was in a sad state."
>Byakuren sighs and closes her eyes.
>"It would seem as though not much has changed."
>Although she always complained about not having enough of it, you don't think that the Reimu you knew would go to such extremes.
>$200 is a considerable amount of money, enough for one to buy enough food to last them for a month.
>You lost track of the exact date whist you were trapped within the border. You do, however, have an approximate. It should be mid-Spring, 2005. You relay this information to Byakuren.
>"So, it has been over a year..."
>"I have time."
>"If you could, there must be a way I can compensate you for your troubles."
>_
-
>"Reimu never demanded payment before. Do you have any idea what happened to change this?"
-
>"Reimu never demanded payment before. Do you have any idea what happened to change this?"
>"As I said before, she seems to believe that she deserves it in exchange for maintaining the border."
>"If anything else has happened to her, I do not know of it."
>_
-
>Nod in understanding; that miko is going to have a lot to answer for...
>"I need to check on my shikigami soon, after which, I'll probably be venturing towards the Mountain. If I am going to be able to do anything else, I'm going to need to rest first. You also need it..."
>Look back at the temple.
>"But... I wouldn't advise staying here. I understand you care about them; but it'll do you no good to wait in there, let alone sleep. I can offer you a place at Mayohiga for a while; you won't be alone, at the very least."
-
>Nod in understanding; that miko is going to have a lot to answer for...
>"I need to check on my shikigami soon, after which, I'll probably be venturing towards the Mountain. If I am going to be able to do anything else, I'm going to need to rest first. You also need it..."
>Look back at the temple.
>"But... I wouldn't advise staying here. I understand you care about them; but it'll do you no good to wait in there, let alone sleep. I can offer you a place at Mayohiga for a while; you won't be alone, at the very least."
>You nod in response. What was Reimu thinking...?
>"I see. I shall search for Nue while waiting for when you are able to assist us further. I am thinking that she may know something, as she managed to escape."
>You take a look at the temple before asking Byakuren if she would like to stay at Mayohiga.
>"I do not plan to stay here when I can do nothing for them. When I had been sealed away, they travelled far and wide in order to free me. I shall do the same."
>"Thank you for the gracious offer, if you do not mind the inconvenience, I shall gladly accept. I will, however, continue to search in the meantime."
>_
-
> Rest here with Byakuren until we feel able to manipulate more borders.
> Ask Byakuren about her abilities while we rest. What are her specialties?
> Once we've recovered, ask Byakuren: "I have enough power to peel another seal away. Who would you like freed next?"
-
> Rest here with Byakuren until we feel able to manipulate more borders.
> Ask Byakuren about her abilities while we rest. What are her specialties?
> Once we've recovered, ask Byakuren: "I have enough power to peel another seal away. Who would you like freed next?"
>You take a seat next to Byakuren, leaning against the temple's walls.
>"I am but a magician. My abilities are nothing extraordinary. My speciality lies in augmenting the abilities of myself and others."
>The two of you begin to talk about trivial things, such as the world before it began to change.
>As you talk, you feel fatigue hitting you and your eyes begin to close.
>You hear a faint "Good night" as your consciousness fades away.
>...
>After some time, you open your eyes to a red sky. The sun appears to be setting.
>You feel rested enough to use your border manipulation abilities once more.
>You turn your head to ask if Byakuren if she wanted anyone in particular to be freed, only to find that you cannot see Byakuren in your immediate line of sight.
>_
-
> Oh dear, we nodded off. Where did she go? "Byakuren?"
> Look around and asses how long we were asleep. Look around the temple, then inside.
-
> Oh dear, we nodded off. Where did she go? "Byakuren?"
> Look around and asses how long we were asleep. Look around the temple, then inside.
>Judging by how the sun is setting, you would guess that you have been asleep for four or five hours.
>You call Byakuren's name as you look around the temple for her.
>You take a few steps, before turning to look at the temple.
>Above the temple, you can see a figure standing in the air.
>_
-
> Look up at the figure, is it Byakuren? If it is, go closer.
-
> Look up at the figure, is it Byakuren? If it is, go closer.
>You believe that it is.
>You fly up behind Byakuren. She seems to be staring at the sunset.
>The cracks in the sky block out portions of your view of the sunset.
>Without turning to face you, Byakuren speaks.
>"It's used to be so much more beautiful, didn't it?"
>_
-
> Glance up at the sunset. "The beauty is still trying to reach us. I won't allow those boundaries to come between the sun and Gensokyo any longer."
> Regard the sunset for a few more moments, then quietly, "When you're ready. I can awaken one more companion, then I think it would be best if you assisted us to my home for the night."
-
> Glance up at the sunset. "The beauty is still trying to reach us. I won't allow those boundaries to come between the sun and Gensokyo any longer."
> Regard the sunset for a few more moments, then quietly, "When you're ready. I can awaken one more companion, then I think it would be best if you assisted us to my home for the night."
>"Of course. You are going to work towards making sure that that happens, are you not?"
>Byakuren turns to face you.
>"I too wish to see the beauty of Gensokyo once more. I am sure that the others would as well."
>"I do not know what help I can offer... but, once I have found Nue and awoken everyone else, I wish to assist you."
>"Are you sure that you feel well enough? You still appear to show signs of fatigue."
>_
-
> Smile. "I can push myself this once more today. I'm still young and spry~"
> "I'm sure everyone longs for a return to the Gensokyo we know."
> "Well, your magic may be able to help me immediately. You said your specialty is augmenting others? I could use your strength before attempting this a second time."
> "Which of your friends would you like freed next?"
-
> Smile. "I can push myself this once more today. I'm still young and spry~"
> "I'm sure everyone longs for a return to the Gensokyo we know."
> "Well, your magic may be able to help me immediately. You said your specialty is augmenting others? I could use your strength before attempting this a second time."
> "Which of your friends would you like freed next?"
>You give Byakuren a smile, which she returns.
>"My apologies. I shall rely on that that strength of yours."
>"I shall do what I can to assist you in returning that world."
>"Yes. a similar thought ran across my mind as well. You said earlier that you had been weakened. Could you please describe this to me in greater detail?"
>"I do not think that it would be entirely fair for myself to choose amongst them. They are all precious to me, and I could not value one over another."
>_
-
Cop out!
> How would we describe this weakened sensation? Concentrate on our powers as we try to pinpoint exactly what's wrong.
> "Ah, no wonder they hold you in such high regard. Leave it to me then, my choice will have no bias from you."
-
> How would we describe this weakened sensation? Concentrate on our powers as we try to pinpoint exactly what's wrong.
> "Ah, no wonder they hold you in such high regard. Leave it to me then, my choice will have no bias from you."
>It feels as though something is blocking your abilities. It is difficult to feel the borders, as if your senses have been numbed. You can force yourself to begin manipulating the borders, but this is highly draining.
>"My apologies, again."
>_
-
> "No need to apologize."
> Explain our difficulties to Byakuren. "My abilities feel inhibited by something. It's as if my ability to sense and feel borders has been numbed. I don't seem to be sealed the same way you were, however. Forcing myself to manipulate borders is more draining then it should be."
-
> "No need to apologize."
> Explain our difficulties to Byakuren. "My abilities feel inhibited by something. It's as if my ability to sense and feel borders has been numbed. I don't seem to be sealed the same way you were, however. Forcing myself to manipulate borders is more draining then it should be."
>"Then, thank you."
>"I see... Although I do not understand how your ability works, I think that I may be able to assist you."
>"When you are ready, please tell me where you plan to break the seal from."
>_
-
> "Alright then~ The seals need to be broken on the inside. I'm ready now."
> Head into the temple. Go to the first room we explored when we entered, Nazrin's room. Where do we feel the borders of the seal here are weakest? Head to that spot.
-
> "Alright then~ The seals need to be broken on the inside. I'm ready now."
> Head into the temple. Go to the first room we explored when we entered, Nazrin's room. Where do we feel the borders of the seal here are weakest? Head to that spot.
>"Let us go, then."
>You head back into the temple with Byakuren and press further on into Nazrin's room.
>The seal fills the entire room and seems to be concentrated around Nazrin. The seal's strength is distributed equally.
>"Is this where you will be performing your procedure?"
>_
-
> Head over to Nazrin, then nod. "Any spot in this room will do. I believe it's your turn to show me your moves~"
-
> Head over to Nazrin, then nod. "Any spot in this room will do. I believe it's your turn to show me your moves~"
>You step towards Nazrin before telling Byakuren that you are ready to begin.
>Byakuren nods in response, before closing her eyes and lifting her arms towards you.
>Byakuren begins to chant and you see a scroll begin to form from her hands.
>At the same time, you see a circle made of similar letters to the ones on her scroll form around you.
>You feel yourself being filled with energy, you can sense everything around you.
>In fact, you feel as though you have full command over your powers once more.
>_
-
> Cut off Byakuren's head with gaps
-
> Break the 4th Wall.
-
>... WHY WOULD WE EVEN DO THAT?!
>Ignore the previous two posts.
>Revel in our restored powers and break that seal on Nazrin.
-
> No, ignore the previous post
> Seal Nazrin even more with Gaps
-
> If we can reach the people in the other rooms with our powers right now, break one of their seals as well! Like the one on Shou.
> Hammer PX and leave him to the graveyard QT
> This is a strictly unsealing zone, no sealing anyone with gaps.
-
>Just bust the seal already!
-
> Fine, no more trolling people
> Thank them, then gap yourself to the Human World
-
>We're not leaving! No gapping away.
>Cut PX's head off with a gap and send it to doki-doki Reisen.
-
> Cut off Byakuren's head with gaps
> Break the 4th Wall.
> No, ignore the previous post
> Seal Nazrin even more with Gaps
>You think about attacking Byakuren, strengthening the seals on Nazrin and breaking the fourth wall...
>... WHY WOULD WE EVEN DO THAT?!
>Ignore the previous two posts.
>Revel in our restored powers and break that seal on Nazrin.
>Just bust the seal already!
>... But then, you wonder why the hell you would even consider those actions and purge the thoughts from your head.
>Instead you simply smile as you feel the power coursing through your body and rip the entirety of the seal on Nazrin apart with ease.
> If we can reach the people in the other rooms with our powers right now, break one of their seals as well! Like the one on Shou.
> Hammer PX and leave him to the graveyard QT
> This is a strictly unsealing zone, no sealing anyone with gaps.
>Such a task is mere child's play for you. You manipulate some of the boundaries around you, allowing you to access each and every seal placed on the inhabitants of the temple at once.
>You grab hold of each seal and tear them away before shredding them all into nothingness.
>You laugh as you quicklynch PX on D1. And make sure that you manipulate the boundaries between life and death to make sure that nobody joins him in the graveyard.
> Fine, no more trolling people
> Thank them, then gap yourself to the Human World
>We're not leaving! No gapping away.
>Cut PX's head off with a gap and send it to doki-doki Reisen.
>You consider leaving Gensokyo, but you simply cannot bring yourself to do it. You cannot leave Gensokyo as it is.
>You already hammered PX, silly.
>_
-
> Sleep
-
> Don't forget to tear away the seal on the temple itself as well.
-
>Don't sleep; not yet.
>Turn to Byakuren.
>Can we feel anything else; any other seals or boundaries affecting the temple?
>"This feeling... How I have missed it..."
[Also, nice IH pattern there~ <3]
-
> Fall asleep. This moment.
-
> But we just woke up and our hp and mp are already restored!
-
>Ok really, stop listening to PX; don't sleep!
>Allow doki-doki Reisen to blow PX up.
-
> End the game
-
> Go to sleep. Wake up in next thread
-
>Dormio stabbed you. With a brick.
-
>Avoid being shanked by Doki-Doki Reisen.
>No really; avoid her!
-
>Dormio also stabbed you, Kanjou.